[Rev. 3/13/2024 9:51:03 AM]

Link to Page 2134

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2135κ

 

CHAPTER 386, SB 283

Senate Bill No. 283–Senators Pazina, Donate; Daly, Dondero Loop, Flores, D. Harris, Lange, Neal, Nguyen, Ohrenschall and Scheible

 

CHAPTER 386

 

[Approved: June 12, 2023]

 

AN ACT relating to health care; requiring a custodian of health care records to furnish health care records electronically under certain circumstances; prohibiting a custodian of health care records from charging a fee that exceeds a certain amount to furnish health care records electronically if the health care records are maintained electronically; authorizing a person to disclose the genetic information of another person in accordance with certain federal law; revising the circumstances under which a physician is authorized to prescribe or recommend and a manufacturer is authorized to provide or make available an investigational drug, biological product or device; authorizing a physician to prescribe or recommend an individualized investigational treatment under certain circumstances; requiring the reporting of certain information concerning individualized investigational treatments and investigational drugs, biological products and devices to certain governmental entities; revising the method by which a collection agency must notify a medical debtor before taking any action to collect a medical debt; authorizing a manufacturer to provide or make available an individualized investigational treatment to a patient under certain circumstances; authorizing the imposition of administrative penalties for certain violations; prohibiting an officer, employee or agent of this State from preventing or attempting to prevent a patient from accessing an individualized investigational treatment; requiring an insurer, third-party administrator or employer to furnish health care records in certain circumstances; prescribing the maximum amount of any fee charged to furnish health care records in those circumstances; providing a penalty; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law requires each custodian of health care records to make health care records available for inspection by a patient, certain representatives of a patient and certain government officials. (NRS 629.061) Upon request of such a person, section 1 of this bill requires a custodian of health care records to electronically transmit the health care records to the person or, if the patient has provided written authorization for records to be furnished to another person or entity, to that person or entity.

      Existing law authorizes a custodian of health care records to charge certain fees for furnishing a copy of health care records. (NRS 629.061) Section 1: (1) generally prohibits a custodian of health care records from charging a fee that exceeds $40 or other amounts prescribed by existing law for furnishing a copy of health care records electronically if the custodian of health care records maintains such health care records electronically; and (2) authorizes a custodian of health care records, other than the health care records of a state or local governmental entity, to charge certain additional fees in certain circumstances. Section 2 of this bill makes a conforming change to indicate the proper placement of section 1 in the Nevada Revised Statutes.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2136 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      Existing law prohibits a person from disclosing or compelling a person to disclose the identity of a person who was the subject of a genetic test or any genetic information of another person, with certain exceptions, without first obtaining the informed consent of that person or his or her legal guardian. (NRS 629.171) Section 1.5 of this bill adds an exception to this prohibition to authorize a person to disclose such information as permitted by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law 104-191.

      Existing federal law prohibits the introduction of a drug or biological product into interstate commerce if the drug or biological product has not received approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration. (21 U.S.C. § 355; 42 U.S.C. § 262) Existing federal regulations allow expanded access to investigational drugs and biological products for patients who have a life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition, or a serious or immediately life-threatening illness, under certain circumstances. (21 C.F.R. Part 312, Subparts E and I) Existing Nevada law authorizes the manufacturer of an investigational drug, biological product or device, upon the prescription or recommendation of a physician, to provide or make available the investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient who has been diagnosed with a terminal condition that will, without the administration of life-sustaining treatment, result in death within 1 year. (NRS 454.690) Existing law authorizes a physician to issue a prescription or recommendation for an investigational drug, biological product or device if the physician has: (1) diagnosed the patient with a terminal condition; (2) consulted with the patient and the patient and physician have determined that no treatment currently approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration is adequate to treat the terminal condition; and (3) obtained informed, written consent to the use of the investigational drug, biological product or device from the patient or his or her representative, parent or guardian. (NRS 630.3735, 633.6945) Sections 1.6, 1.9 and 2.7 of this bill: (1) remove the requirement that a patient be diagnosed with a terminal condition before a physician is authorized to prescribe or recommend, and a manufacturer is authorized to provide, an investigational drug, biological product or device; and (2) instead require the patient to be diagnosed with a life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition before such actions are authorized. Section 2.7 additionally: (1) authorizes the manufacturer of an individualized investigational treatment to make the treatment available to such a patient under similar conditions to an investigational drug, biological product or device if the manufacturer operates in a facility that meets certain federal requirements for the protection of human subjects; and (2) defines “individualized investigational treatment” to mean a drug, biological product or device that is unique to and produced exclusively for use by an individual patient based on the genetic profile of the patient. Sections 1.6 and 1.9 authorize a physician to prescribe or recommend an individualized investigational treatment under similar conditions to those under which a physician is authorized to recommend an investigational drug, biological product or device, except that sections 1.6 and 1.9 require the physician to additionally conduct certain biochemical analyses.

      Section 2.7 requires a manufacturer that provides or makes available an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to establish a hotline for patients who develop adverse effects or symptoms. Section 2.7 also requires such a manufacturer to submit quarterly reports to the Board of Medical Examiners and the State Board of Osteopathic Medicine summarizing the individualized investigational treatments or investigational drugs, biological products or devices provided to patients of physicians who are licensed by those boards. Section 2.7 establishes an administrative penalty to be imposed against a manufacturer that fails to submit the required report. Section 2.7 also provides that if a patient dies while being treated with an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, the heir or heirs of the deceased patient are not personally liable for any outstanding debt related to such treatment.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2137 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      Existing law makes it a misdemeanor for any officer, employee or agent of this State to prevent or attempt to prevent a patient from accessing an investigational drug, biological product or device if certain requirements are met. (NRS 454.690) Section 2.7 additionally: (1) provides that counseling, advice or a recommendation from a physician consistent with medical standards of care is not a violation; and (2) makes it a misdemeanor for such an officer, employee or agent to prevent or attempt to prevent a patient from accessing an individualized investigational treatment if the same requirements are met.

      Sections 1.6 and 1.9 revise the requirements concerning the informed, written consent that a physician is required to obtain before prescribing or recommending an individualized investigational treatment or an investigational drug, biological product or device. Sections 1.6 and 1.9 also require a physician who prescribes or recommends an individualized investigational treatment or an investigational drug, biological product or device to provide the patient with a form that contains certain information concerning: (1) the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and (2) the treatment of adverse effects or symptoms caused by the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device. Sections 1.6 and 1.9 require such a physician to report to the Board of Medical Examiners or the State Board of Osteopathic Medicine, as appropriate, if a patient dies or is hospitalized as the result of using an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device. Sections 1.6 and 1.9 require those boards to submit to the Legislature a biennial summary of the information reported to those boards pursuant to sections 1.6, 1.9 and 2.7 concerning individualized investigational treatments and investigational drugs, biological products and devices. Sections 1.6 and 1.9 additionally authorize those boards to adopt regulations to ensure the safety and efficacy of individualized investigational treatments and investigational drugs, biological products and devices.

      Existing law: (1) generally makes it a misdemeanor for any person to possess, procure, obtain, process, produce, derive, manufacture, sell, offer for sale, give away or otherwise furnish any drug which may not be lawfully introduced into interstate commerce under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; and (2) exempts from that criminal penalty a person who engages in certain acts to make an investigational drug or biological product available when certain requirements are met. (NRS 454.351) Section 2.5 of this bill additionally exempts from the criminal penalty a manufacturer who provides an individualized investigational treatment.

      Existing law provides that a physician or person engaged in the practice of professional nursing who procures or administers a controlled substance or dangerous drug is not subject to professional discipline if the controlled substance or dangerous drug is an investigative drug or biological product prescribed by a physician. (NRS 630.306, 632.347, 633.511) Sections 1.55, 1.7 and 1.8 of this bill additionally exempt such persons from professional discipline if the substance is an individualized investigational treatment.

      Existing law requires a collection agency, not less than 60 days before taking any action to collect a medical debt, to send by registered or certified mail to the medical debtor written notification setting forth certain information. (NRS 649.366) Section 2.3 of this bill removes the requirement that the written notification be sent by mail that is registered or certified.

      Existing law provides for the payment of compensation to employees who are injured or disabled as a result of an occupational injury or disease. (Chapters 616A-616D and 617 of NRS) Existing law entitles any injured employee or a person who has been authorized by the injured employee to information from the records of an insurer or employer to the extent necessary for the proper presentation of such a claim. (NRS 616B.012) Existing regulations: (1) prescribe a process for an injured employee or person who has been authorized by the injured employee to request such information from the records of an insurer or employer; and (2) prohibit an insurer or employer from charging a fee that is more than 30 cents per page when providing the requested information. (NAC 616B.008)

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2138 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      Upon receiving such a request for health care records, section 3 of this bill requires an insurer, third-party administrator or employer to furnish any health care records to the injured employee or his or her legal representative. Section 3 authorizes an insurer, third-party administrator or employer to electronically transmit such health care records using a method of secure electronic transmission. Section 3 prescribes the maximum amounts of fees for furnishing health care records in response to such a request, which depend on whether the records are furnished by electronic mail, through a secure electronic method of file sharing or in a nonelectronic format. Section 4 of this bill makes a conforming change to clarify that section 3 provides an exception to the general requirement that information obtained from an insurer or employer remain confidential.

      Section 8 of this bill provides that the provisions of sections 1.55-1.9, 2.5 and 2.7 expire on July 1, 2027. Section 6 of this bill authorizes a patient who is being treated with an individualized investigational treatment or an investigational drug, biological product or device on June 30, 2027, to continue to receive such treatment on and after July 1, 2027, regardless of whether the patient remains eligible to receive such treatment.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. Chapter 629 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  If a person who is authorized to request a copy of health care records of a patient pursuant to NRS 629.061 requests that a copy of such records be furnished electronically, the custodian of health care records must electronically transmit a copy of the requested records to the person or, if the patient has provided written authorization for records to be furnished to another person or entity, to that person or entity. Such records must be furnished in an electronic format using a method of secure electronic transmission that complies with applicable federal and state law.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 3 and 4, if a custodian of health care records maintains health care records electronically, any fee to furnish those records electronically pursuant to subsection 1 must not exceed $40 or the amount per page prescribed by NRS 629.061, whichever is less.

      3.  If the total amount of the fee chargeable pursuant to subsection 2 for the furnishing of health care records electronically is less than $5, a custodian of health care records, other than a custodian of the health care records of a state or local governmental entity, may charge a fee of $5 for the furnishing of those health care records.

      4.  A custodian of health care records, other than a custodian of the health care records of a state or local governmental entity, may charge the following fees to furnish health care records electronically, in addition to the total amount of the fee charged pursuant to subsection 2 or 3:

      (a) A fee of $5 for written confirmation that no health care records were found.

      (b) A fee of $5 for furnishing a copy of a certificate of the custodian of health care records.

      (c) A fee of $20 for a copy of a printed film sheet.

      (d) A fee of $25 for furnishing a copy of radiologic images in any form other than a printed film sheet.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2139 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      5.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Custodian of health care records” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.016 and additionally includes a covered entity or business associate, as those terms are defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.

      (b) “Health care records” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.021 and additionally includes individually identifiable health information, as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.

      (c) “Secure electronic transmission” means the sending of information from one computer system to another computer system in such a manner as to ensure that:

             (1) No person other than the intended recipient receives the information;

             (2) The identity and signature of the sender of the information can be authenticated; and

             (3) The information which is received by the intended recipient is identical to the information that was sent.

      Sec. 1.5. NRS 629.171 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      629.171  It is unlawful to disclose or to compel a person to disclose the identity of a person who was the subject of a genetic test or to disclose genetic information of that person in a manner that allows identification of the person, without first obtaining the informed consent of that person or his or her legal guardian pursuant to NRS 629.181, unless the information is disclosed:

      1.  To conduct a criminal investigation, an investigation concerning the death of a person or a criminal or juvenile proceeding;

      2.  To determine the parentage or identity of a person pursuant to NRS 56.020;

      3.  To determine the paternity of a person pursuant to NRS 126.121 or 425.384;

      4.  Pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction;

      5.  By a physician and is the genetic information of a deceased person that will assist in the medical diagnosis of persons related to the deceased person by blood;

      6.  To a federal, state, county or city law enforcement agency to establish the identity of a person or dead human body;

      7.  To determine the presence of certain preventable or inheritable disorders in an infant pursuant to NRS 442.008 or a provision of federal law;

      8.  To carry out the provisions of NRS 442.300 to 442.330, inclusive; [or]

      9.  By an agency of criminal justice pursuant to NRS 179A.075 [.] ; or

      10.  As permitted by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law 104-191, and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      Sec. 1.55. NRS 630.306 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      630.306  1.  The following acts, among others, constitute grounds for initiating disciplinary action or denying licensure:

      (a) Inability to practice medicine with reasonable skill and safety because of illness, a mental or physical condition or the use of alcohol, drugs, narcotics or any other substance.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2140 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (b) Engaging in any conduct:

             (1) Which is intended to deceive;

             (2) Which the Board has determined is a violation of the standards of practice established by regulation of the Board; or

             (3) Which is in violation of a provision of chapter 639 of NRS, or a regulation adopted by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant thereto, that is applicable to a licensee who is a practitioner, as defined in NRS 639.0125.

      (c) Administering, dispensing or prescribing any controlled substance, or any dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS, to or for himself or herself or to others except as authorized by law.

      (d) Performing, assisting or advising the injection of any substance containing liquid silicone into the human body, except for the use of silicone oil to repair a retinal detachment.

      (e) Practicing or offering to practice beyond the scope permitted by law or performing services which the licensee knows or has reason to know that he or she is not competent to perform or which are beyond the scope of his or her training.

      (f) Performing, without first obtaining the informed consent of the patient or the patient’s family, any procedure or prescribing any therapy which by the current standards of the practice of medicine is experimental.

      (g) Continual failure to exercise the skill or diligence or use the methods ordinarily exercised under the same circumstances by physicians in good standing practicing in the same specialty or field.

      (h) Having an alcohol or other substance use disorder.

      (i) Making or filing a report which the licensee or applicant knows to be false or failing to file a record or report as required by law or regulation.

      (j) Failing to comply with the requirements of NRS 630.254.

      (k) Failure by a licensee or applicant to report in writing, within 30 days, any disciplinary action taken against the licensee or applicant by another state, the Federal Government or a foreign country, including, without limitation, the revocation, suspension or surrender of a license to practice medicine in another jurisdiction. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to any disciplinary action taken by the Board or taken because of any disciplinary action taken by the Board.

      (l) Failure by a licensee or applicant to report in writing, within 30 days, any criminal action taken or conviction obtained against the licensee or applicant, other than a minor traffic violation, in this State or any other state or by the Federal Government, a branch of the Armed Forces of the United States or any local or federal jurisdiction of a foreign country.

      (m) Failure to be found competent to practice medicine as a result of an examination to determine medical competency pursuant to NRS 630.318.

      (n) Operation of a medical facility at any time during which:

             (1) The license of the facility is suspended or revoked; or

             (2) An act or omission occurs which results in the suspension or revocation of the license pursuant to NRS 449.160.

Κ This paragraph applies to an owner or other principal responsible for the operation of the facility.

      (o) Failure to comply with the requirements of NRS 630.373.

      (p) Engaging in any act that is unsafe or unprofessional conduct in accordance with regulations adopted by the Board.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2141 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (q) Knowingly or willfully procuring or administering a controlled substance or a dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS that is not approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration, unless the unapproved controlled substance or dangerous drug:

             (1) Was procured through a retail pharmacy licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS;

             (2) Was procured through a Canadian pharmacy which is licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS and which has been recommended by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 639.2328;

             (3) Is cannabis being used for medical purposes in accordance with chapter 678C of NRS; or

             (4) Is an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug or biological product prescribed to a patient pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      (r) Failure to supervise adequately a medical assistant pursuant to the regulations of the Board.

      (s) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 630.3745.

      (t) Failure to obtain any training required by the Board pursuant to NRS 630.2535.

      (u) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 454.217 or 629.086.

      (v) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 441A.315 or any regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      (w) Performing or supervising the performance of a pelvic examination in violation of NRS 629.085.

      2.  As used in this section [, “investigational] :

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Investigational drug or biological product” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.351.

      Sec. 1.6. NRS 630.3735 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      630.3735  1.  A physician may prescribe or recommend an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient if the physician has:

      (a) Diagnosed the patient with a [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition;

      (b) Discussed with the patient all available methods of treating the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition that have been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration and the patient and the physician have determined that no such method of treatment is adequate to treat the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient; [and]

      (c) For an individualized investigational treatment, conducted an analysis of the patient’s genomic sequence, human chromosomes, deoxyribonucleic acid, ribonucleic acid, genes, gene products or metabolites or an immunity panel, as applicable to the individualized investigational treatment; and

      (d) Obtained informed, written consent to the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device , as applicable, from:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2142 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

             (1) The patient;

             (2) If the patient is incompetent, the representative of the patient; or

             (3) If the patient is less than 18 years of age, a parent or legal guardian of the patient.

      2.  An informed, written consent must be recorded on a form signed by the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable . [, that contains:] The form must:

      (a) [An] To the extent practicable, be in the preferred language of the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable.

      (b) Be in language that is at the reading level of an eighth grader or a pupil enrolled in a lower grade.

      (c) Include or be accompanied by:

             (1) An overview of the provisions of this section and NRS 454.690, including, without limitation, a detailed description of the provisions of subsection 1 and the terms defined in subsection 8;

             (2) A comprehensive explanation of all methods of treating the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient that are currently approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration [;] , including, without limitation, information concerning such methods published by the United States Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health or other federal agencies;

      [(b)] (3) A statement that the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable, and the physician agree that no such method is likely to [significantly prolong the life] adequately treat the life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient;

      [(c)] (4) Clear identification of the specific individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device proposed to treat the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient;

      [(d)] (5) A detailed description of the consequences of using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, which must include, without limitation:

             [(1)] (I) A detailed description of the best and worst possible outcomes;

             [(2)] (II) A realistic and detailed description of the most likely outcome, in the opinion of the physician;

                   (III) A detailed description of relevant information that is not known about the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

             [(3)] (IV) A statement of the possibility that using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device may result in new, unanticipated, different or worse symptoms or the death of the patient occurring sooner than if the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device is not used [;] and a detailed description of any known new, different or worse symptoms the patient may suffer;

             (6) A statement of the rights of the patient, including, without limitation, the rights to:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2143 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

                   (I) Make an informed decision concerning the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

                   (II) Withdraw from or refuse treatment using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device at any time;

             (7) Information concerning resources that may be useful to the patient, including, without limitation, the contact information for agencies or organizations that may be able to provide support to the patient;

             (8) A means by which the patient may contact the manufacturer of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device with any additional questions or concerns;

      [(e)] (9) A statement that a health insurer of the patient may not be required to pay for care or treatment of any condition resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device unless such care or treatment is specifically included in the policy of insurance covering the patient and that future benefits under the policy of insurance covering the patient may be affected by the patient’s use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

      [(f)] (10) A statement that the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable, understands that the patient is liable for all costs resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, including, without limitation, costs resulting from care or treatment of any condition resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, and that such liability will be passed on to the estate of the patient upon the death of the patient.

      3.  A physician who prescribes or recommends an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient shall provide to the patient a form that:

      (a) To the extent practicable, is in the preferred language of the patient; and

      (b) Contains:

             (1) The name of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device;

             (2) The instructions for use and, where applicable, the recommended dosage of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device;

             (3) Where applicable, the investigational new drug number assigned by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

             (4) The telephone number for the hotline established pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 454.690;

             (5) The contact information, telephone number, hours of operation and physical address of an emergency room or urgent care facility that is easily accessible to the patient if the patient experiences an adverse effect or symptom; and

             (6) Any other information concerning the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device that is relevant to the care of the patient.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2144 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      4.  Not later than 72 hours after the death or hospitalization of a patient which results from the use of an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, the physician who prescribed or recommended the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device shall notify the Board.

      5.  On or before January 31 of each odd-numbered year, the Board shall submit to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the next regular session of the Legislature a summary of the information reported to the Board pursuant to subsection 4 and subsection 4 of NRS 454.690 during the immediately preceding biennium.

      6.  A physician is not subject to disciplinary action for prescribing or recommending an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device when authorized to do so pursuant to subsection 1.

      7.  The Board may adopt regulations to ensure the safety and efficacy of individualized investigational treatments and investigational drugs, biological products and devices prescribed or recommended pursuant to this section.

      [4.] 8.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Investigational drug, biological product or device” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      [(b) “Terminal condition”]

      (c) “Life-threatening disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (d) “Severely debilitating disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      Sec. 1.7. NRS 632.347 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      632.347  1.  The Board may deny, revoke or suspend any license or certificate applied for or issued pursuant to this chapter, or take other disciplinary action against a licensee or holder of a certificate, upon determining that the licensee or certificate holder:

      (a) Is guilty of fraud or deceit in procuring or attempting to procure a license or certificate pursuant to this chapter.

      (b) Is guilty of any offense:

             (1) Involving moral turpitude; or

             (2) Related to the qualifications, functions or duties of a licensee or holder of a certificate,

Κ in which case the record of conviction is conclusive evidence thereof.

      (c) Has been convicted of violating any of the provisions of NRS 616D.200, 616D.220, 616D.240 or 616D.300 to 616D.440, inclusive.

      (d) Is unfit or incompetent by reason of gross negligence or recklessness in carrying out usual nursing functions.

      (e) Uses any controlled substance, dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS, or intoxicating liquor to an extent or in a manner which is dangerous or injurious to any other person or which impairs his or her ability to conduct the practice authorized by the license or certificate.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2145 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (f) Is a person with mental incompetence.

      (g) Is guilty of unprofessional conduct, which includes, but is not limited to, the following:

             (1) Conviction of practicing medicine without a license in violation of chapter 630 of NRS, in which case the record of conviction is conclusive evidence thereof.

             (2) Impersonating any applicant or acting as proxy for an applicant in any examination required pursuant to this chapter for the issuance of a license or certificate.

             (3) Impersonating another licensed practitioner or holder of a certificate.

             (4) Permitting or allowing another person to use his or her license or certificate to practice as a licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, nursing assistant or medication aide - certified.

             (5) Repeated malpractice, which may be evidenced by claims of malpractice settled against the licensee or certificate holder.

             (6) Physical, verbal or psychological abuse of a patient.

             (7) Conviction for the use or unlawful possession of a controlled substance or dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS.

      (h) Has willfully or repeatedly violated the provisions of this chapter. The voluntary surrender of a license or certificate issued pursuant to this chapter is prima facie evidence that the licensee or certificate holder has committed or expects to commit a violation of this chapter.

      (i) Is guilty of aiding or abetting any person in a violation of this chapter.

      (j) Has falsified an entry on a patient’s medical chart concerning a controlled substance.

      (k) Has falsified information which was given to a physician, pharmacist, podiatric physician or dentist to obtain a controlled substance.

      (l) Has knowingly procured or administered a controlled substance or a dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS that is not approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration, unless the unapproved controlled substance or dangerous drug:

             (1) Was procured through a retail pharmacy licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS;

             (2) Was procured through a Canadian pharmacy which is licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS and which has been recommended by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 639.2328;

             (3) Is cannabis being used for medical purposes in accordance with chapter 678C of NRS; or

             (4) Is an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug or biological product prescribed to a patient pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      (m) Has been disciplined in another state in connection with a license to practice nursing or a certificate to practice as a nursing assistant or medication aide - certified, or has committed an act in another state which would constitute a violation of this chapter.

      (n) Has engaged in conduct likely to deceive, defraud or endanger a patient or the general public.

      (o) Has willfully failed to comply with a regulation, subpoena or order of the Board.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2146 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (p) Has operated a medical facility at any time during which:

             (1) The license of the facility was suspended or revoked; or

             (2) An act or omission occurred which resulted in the suspension or revocation of the license pursuant to NRS 449.160.

Κ This paragraph applies to an owner or other principal responsible for the operation of the facility.

      (q) Is an advanced practice registered nurse who has failed to obtain any training required by the Board pursuant to NRS 632.2375.

      (r) Is an advanced practice registered nurse who has failed to comply with the provisions of NRS 453.163, 453.164, 453.226, 639.23507, 639.23535 and 639.2391 to 639.23916, inclusive, and any regulations adopted by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant thereto.

      (s) Has engaged in the fraudulent, illegal, unauthorized or otherwise inappropriate prescribing, administering or dispensing of a controlled substance listed in schedule II, III or IV.

      (t) Has violated the provisions of NRS 454.217 or 629.086.

      (u) Has performed or supervised the performance of a pelvic examination in violation of NRS 629.085.

      (v) Has failed to comply with the provisions of NRS 441A.315 or any regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      2.  For the purposes of this section, a plea or verdict of guilty or guilty but mentally ill or a plea of nolo contendere constitutes a conviction of an offense. The Board may take disciplinary action pending the appeal of a conviction.

      3.  A licensee or certificate holder is not subject to disciplinary action solely for administering auto-injectable epinephrine pursuant to a valid order issued pursuant to NRS 630.374 or 633.707.

      4.  As used in this section [, “investigational] :

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Investigational drug or biological product” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.351.

      Sec. 1.8. NRS 633.511 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      633.511  1.  The grounds for initiating disciplinary action pursuant to this chapter are:

      (a) Unprofessional conduct.

      (b) Conviction of:

             (1) A violation of any federal or state law regulating the possession, distribution or use of any controlled substance or any dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS;

             (2) A felony relating to the practice of osteopathic medicine or practice as a physician assistant;

             (3) A violation of any of the provisions of NRS 616D.200, 616D.220, 616D.240 or 616D.300 to 616D.440, inclusive;

             (4) Murder, voluntary manslaughter or mayhem;

             (5) Any felony involving the use of a firearm or other deadly weapon;

             (6) Assault with intent to kill or to commit sexual assault or mayhem;

             (7) Sexual assault, statutory sexual seduction, incest, lewdness, indecent exposure or any other sexually related crime;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2147 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

             (8) Abuse or neglect of a child or contributory delinquency; or

             (9) Any offense involving moral turpitude.

      (c) The suspension of a license to practice osteopathic medicine or to practice as a physician assistant by any other jurisdiction.

      (d) Malpractice or gross malpractice, which may be evidenced by a claim of malpractice settled against a licensee.

      (e) Professional incompetence.

      (f) Failure to comply with the requirements of NRS 633.527.

      (g) Failure to comply with the requirements of subsection 3 of NRS 633.471.

      (h) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 633.694.

      (i) Operation of a medical facility, as defined in NRS 449.0151, at any time during which:

             (1) The license of the facility is suspended or revoked; or

             (2) An act or omission occurs which results in the suspension or revocation of the license pursuant to NRS 449.160.

Κ This paragraph applies to an owner or other principal responsible for the operation of the facility.

      (j) Failure to comply with the provisions of subsection 2 of NRS 633.322.

      (k) Signing a blank prescription form.

      (l) Knowingly or willfully procuring or administering a controlled substance or a dangerous drug as defined in chapter 454 of NRS that is not approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration, unless the unapproved controlled substance or dangerous drug:

             (1) Was procured through a retail pharmacy licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS;

             (2) Was procured through a Canadian pharmacy which is licensed pursuant to chapter 639 of NRS and which has been recommended by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 639.2328;

             (3) Is cannabis being used for medical purposes in accordance with chapter 678C of NRS; or

             (4) Is an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug or biological product prescribed to a patient pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      (m) Attempting, directly or indirectly, by intimidation, coercion or deception, to obtain or retain a patient or to discourage the use of a second opinion.

      (n) Terminating the medical care of a patient without adequate notice or without making other arrangements for the continued care of the patient.

      (o) In addition to the provisions of subsection 3 of NRS 633.524, making or filing a report which the licensee knows to be false, failing to file a record or report that is required by law or knowingly or willfully obstructing or inducing another to obstruct the making or filing of such a record or report.

      (p) Failure to report any person the licensee knows, or has reason to know, is in violation of the provisions of this chapter, except for a violation of NRS 633.4717, or the regulations of the Board within 30 days after the date the licensee knows or has reason to know of the violation.

      (q) Failure by a licensee or applicant to report in writing, within 30 days, any criminal action taken or conviction obtained against the licensee or applicant, other than a minor traffic violation, in this State or any other state or by the Federal Government, a branch of the Armed Forces of the United States or any local or federal jurisdiction of a foreign country.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2148 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

or by the Federal Government, a branch of the Armed Forces of the United States or any local or federal jurisdiction of a foreign country.

      (r) Engaging in any act that is unsafe in accordance with regulations adopted by the Board.

      (s) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 629.515.

      (t) Failure to supervise adequately a medical assistant pursuant to the regulations of the Board.

      (u) Failure to obtain any training required by the Board pursuant to NRS 633.473.

      (v) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 633.6955.

      (w) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 453.163, 453.164, 453.226, 639.23507, 639.23535 and 639.2391 to 639.23916, inclusive, and any regulations adopted by the State Board of Pharmacy pursuant thereto.

      (x) Fraudulent, illegal, unauthorized or otherwise inappropriate prescribing, administering or dispensing of a controlled substance listed in schedule II, III or IV.

      (y) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 454.217 or 629.086.

      (z) Failure to comply with the provisions of NRS 441A.315 or any regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      (aa) Performing or supervising the performance of a pelvic examination in violation of NRS 629.085.

      2.  As used in this section [, “investigational] :

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Investigational drug or biological product” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.351.

      Sec. 1.9. NRS 633.6945 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      633.6945  1.  An osteopathic physician may prescribe or recommend an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient if the osteopathic physician has:

      (a) Diagnosed the patient with a [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition;

      (b) Discussed with the patient all available methods of treating the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition that have been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration and the patient and the osteopathic physician have determined that no such method of treatment is adequate to treat the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient; [and]

      (c) For an individualized investigational treatment, conducted an analysis of the patient’s genomic sequence, human chromosomes, deoxyribonucleic acid, ribonucleic acid, genes, gene products or metabolites or an immunity panel, as applicable to the individualized investigational treatment; and

      (d) Obtained informed, written consent to the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device , as applicable, from:

             (1) The patient;

             (2) If the patient is incompetent, the representative of the patient; or

             (3) If the patient is less than 18 years of age, a parent or legal guardian of the patient.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2149 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      2.  An informed, written consent must be recorded on a form signed by the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable . [, that contains:] The form must:

      (a) [An] To the extent practicable, be in the preferred language of the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable.

      (b) Be in language that is at the reading level of an eighth grader or a pupil enrolled in a lower grade.

      (c) Include or be accompanied by:

             (1) An overview of the provisions of this section and NRS 454.690, including, without limitation, a detailed description of the provisions of subsection 1 and the terms defined in subsection 8;

             (2) A comprehensive explanation of all methods of treating the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient that are currently approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration [;] , including, without limitation, information concerning such methods published by the United States Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health or other federal agencies;

      [(b)] (3) A statement that the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable, and the osteopathic physician agree that no such method is likely to [significantly prolong the life] adequately treat the life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient;

      [(c)] (4) Clear identification of the specific individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device proposed to treat the [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition of the patient;

      [(d)] (5) A detailed description of the consequences of using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, which must include, without limitation:

             [(1)] (I) A detailed description of the best and worst possible outcomes;

             [(2)] (II) A realistic and detailed description of the most likely outcome, in the opinion of the osteopathic physician;

                   (III) A detailed description of relevant information that is not known about the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

             [(3)] (IV) A statement of the possibility that using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device may result in new, unanticipated, different or worse symptoms or the death of the patient occurring sooner than if the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device is not used [;] and a detailed description of any known new, different or worse symptoms the patient may suffer;

             (6) A statement of the rights of the patient, including, without limitation, the rights to:

                   (I) Make an informed decision concerning the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2150 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

                   (II) Withdraw from or refuse treatment using the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device at any time;

             (7) Information concerning resources that may be useful to the patient, including, without limitation, the contact information for agencies or organizations that may be able to provide support to the patient;

             (8) A means by which the patient may contact the manufacturer of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device with any additional questions or concerns;

      [(e)] (9) A statement that a health insurer of the patient may not be required to pay for care or treatment of any condition resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device unless such care or treatment is specifically included in the policy of insurance covering the patient and that future benefits under the policy of insurance covering the patient may be affected by the patient’s use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device; and

      [(f)] (10) A statement that the patient, or the representative or parent or legal guardian of the patient, as applicable, understands that the patient is liable for all costs resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, including, without limitation, costs resulting from care or treatment of any condition resulting from the use of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, and that such liability will be passed on to the estate of the patient upon the death of the patient.

      3.  An osteopathic physician who prescribes or recommends an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient shall provide to the patient a form that:

      (a) To the extent practicable, is in the preferred language of the patient; and

      (b) Contains:

             (1) The name of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device;

             (2) The instructions for use and, where applicable, the recommended dosage of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device;

             (3) Where applicable, the investigational new drug number assigned by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

             (4) The telephone number for the hotline established pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 454.690;

             (5) The contact information, telephone number, hours of operation and physical address of an emergency room or urgent care facility that is easily accessible to the patient if the patient experiences an adverse effect or symptom; and

             (6) Any other information concerning the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device that is relevant to the care of the patient.

      4.  Not later than 72 hours after the death or hospitalization of a patient which results from the use of an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, the osteopathic physician who prescribed or recommended the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device shall notify the Board.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2151 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

osteopathic physician who prescribed or recommended the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device shall notify the Board.

      5.  On or before January 31 of each odd-numbered year, the Board shall submit to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the next regular session of the Legislature a summary of the information reported to the Board pursuant to subsection 4 and subsection 4 of NRS 454.690 during the immediately preceding biennium.

      6.  An osteopathic physician is not subject to disciplinary action for prescribing or recommending an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device when authorized to do so pursuant to subsection 1.

      7.  The Board may adopt regulations to ensure the safety and efficacy of individualized investigational treatments and investigational drugs, biological products and devices prescribed or recommended pursuant to this section.

      [4.] 8.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Investigational drug, biological product or device” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      [(b) “Terminal condition”]

      (c) “Life-threatening disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (d) “Severely debilitating disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      Sec. 2. NRS 641.2291 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      641.2291  1.  A program of education for mental health professionals approved by the Board, a mental health professional or a person receiving training for mental health professionals is not required to retain a recording of the provision of mental health services by a psychologist to a patient that meets the requirements of subsection 2 if:

      (a) The recording is used for a training activity that is part of a program of education for mental health professionals approved by the Board;

      (b) The patient has provided informed consent in writing on a form that meets the requirements prescribed by the Board pursuant to subsection 3 to the use of the recording in the training activity;

      (c) Destroying the recording does not result in noncompliance with the obligations described in subsection 4; and

      (d) The recording is destroyed after the expiration of the period of time prescribed by the Board pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 3.

      2.  A recording of the provision of mental health services by a psychologist to a patient used for the purpose described in paragraph (a) of subsection 1:

      (a) Must meet all requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law 104-191, and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto, that are designed to prevent the reproduction, copying or theft of the recording; and

      (b) Must not contain any personally identifiable information relating to the patient unless the patient has provided informed consent in writing specifically authorizing the inclusion of that information in the recording.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2152 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      3.  The Board shall adopt regulations:

      (a) Prescribing requirements governing the provision of informed written consent pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1, including, without limitation, requirements governing:

             (1) The form on which such informed written consent must be provided; and

             (2) The length of time that a psychologist who obtains such informed written consent must maintain the informed written consent;

      (b) Prescribing the length of time that a program of education for mental health professionals, a mental health professional or a person receiving training for mental health professionals that uses a recording of the provision of mental health services by a psychologist to a patient for the purposes described in paragraph (a) of subsection 1 may retain the recording before destroying it; and

      (c) Defining “training activity” for the purposes of this section.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not abrogate, alter or otherwise affect the obligation of a psychologist to comply with the applicable requirements of chapter 629 of NRS, including, without limitation, the requirement to retain records concerning the mental health services that he or she provides to patients in accordance with NRS 629.051 to 629.069, inclusive [.] , and section 1 of this act.

      5.  Except where necessary for compliance with subsection 4, a recording of the provision of mental health services by a psychologist to a patient that is used for a training activity by a program of education for mental health professionals, a mental health professional or a person receiving training for mental health professionals in accordance with the provisions of this section is not a health care record for the purposes of chapter 629 of NRS.

      6.  As used in this section, “mental health professional” means a psychologist, a marriage and family therapist, a clinical professional counselor, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker, a clinical social worker, a clinical alcohol and drug counselor, an alcohol and drug counselor or problem gambling counselor.

      Sec. 2.3. NRS 649.366 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      649.366  1.  Not less than 60 days before taking any action to collect a medical debt, a collection agency shall send by [registered or certified] mail to the medical debtor written notification that sets forth:

      (a) The name of the medical facility, provider of health care or provider of emergency medical services that provided the goods or services for which the medical debt is owed;

      (b) The date on which those goods or services were provided; and

      (c) The principal amount of the medical debt.

      2.  The written notification required by subsection 1 must:

      (a) Identify the name of the collection agency; and

      (b) Inform the medical debtor that, as applicable:

             (1) The medical debt has been assigned to the collection agency for collection; or

             (2) The collection agency has otherwise obtained the medical debt for collection.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2153 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      Sec. 2.5. NRS 454.351 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      454.351  1.  Any person within this State who possesses, procures, obtains, processes, produces, derives, manufactures, sells, offers for sale, gives away or otherwise furnishes any drug which may not be lawfully introduced into interstate commerce under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act is guilty of a misdemeanor.

      2.  The provisions of this section do not apply:

      (a) To physicians licensed to practice in this State who have been authorized by the United States Food and Drug Administration to possess experimental drugs for the purpose of conducting research to evaluate the effectiveness of such drugs and who maintain complete and accurate records of the use of such drugs and submit clinical reports as required by the United States Food and Drug Administration.

      (b) To any substance which has been licensed by the State Board of Health for manufacture in this State but has not been approved as a drug by the United States Food and Drug Administration. The exemption granted in this paragraph does not grant authority to transport such a substance out of this State.

      (c) To any person or governmental entity who possesses, procures, obtains, processes, produces, derives, manufactures, sells, offers for sale, gives away or otherwise furnishes an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug or biological product when authorized pursuant to NRS 454.690.

      (d) To any physician who prescribes or recommends an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug or biological product pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      3.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biological product” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (b) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690.

      (c) “Investigational drug or biological product” means a drug or biological product that:

             (1) Has successfully completed Phase 1 of a clinical trial;

             (2) Has not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration; and

             (3) Is currently being tested in a clinical trial that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.

      Sec. 2.7. NRS 454.690 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      454.690  1.  The manufacturer of an investigational drug, biological product or device may provide or make available the investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient in this State who has been diagnosed with a [terminal] life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition if a physician has prescribed or recommended the investigational drug, biological product or device to the patient as authorized pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      2.  The manufacturer of an individualized investigational treatment may provide or make available the individualized investigational treatment to a patient in this State who has been diagnosed with a life-threatening or severely debilitating disease or condition if:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2154 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (a) The manufacturer operates within a health care institution that:

             (1) Operates under a Federalwide Assurance for the protection of human subjects pursuant to 45 C.F.R. Part 46; and

             (2) Is subject to all Federalwide Assurance regulations, policies and guidelines, including, without limitation, renewals and updates; and

      (b) A physician has prescribed or recommended the individualized investigational treatment to the patient as authorized pursuant to NRS 630.3735 or 633.6945.

      3.  A manufacturer who provides or makes available an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device , as applicable, to a patient pursuant to subsection 1 may:

      (a) Provide the investigational drug, biological product or device to the patient without charge; or

      (b) Charge the patient only for the costs associated with the manufacture of the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device [.] , as applicable.

      4.  A manufacturer that provides or makes available an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device to a patient pursuant to subsection 1 or 2 shall:

      (a) Establish a hotline that operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, including holidays, for patients who develop adverse effects or symptoms.

      (b) On or before January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, or, if that date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the next business day thereafter, submit to the Board of Medical Examiners and the State Board of Osteopathic Medicine a report summarizing information concerning the individualized investigational treatments or the investigational drugs, biological products or devices provided or made available to patients of physicians licensed by the board to which the report is submitted during the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The report must include, without limitation:

             (1) The number of patients who received the individualized investigational treatment or the investigational drug, biological product or device;

             (2) Where applicable, the average number of doses received by patients;

             (3) The name of the individualized investigational treatment or the investigational drug, biological product or device and, where applicable, the investigational new drug number assigned by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

             (4) The disease or condition that the individualized investigational treatment or the investigational drug, biological product or device is intended to treat;

             (5) The uses for which the individualized investigational treatment or the investigational drug, biological product or device was provided or made available; and

             (6) Any known adverse effects or symptoms associated with the administration of the individualized investigational treatment or the investigational drug, biological product or device.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2155 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      [3.] 5.  An officer, employee or agent of this State shall not prevent or attempt to prevent a patient from accessing an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device that is authorized to be provided or made available to a patient pursuant to this section. Counseling, advice or a recommendation from a physician consistent with medical standards of care is not a violation of this subsection.

      6.  This section does not create a private cause of action against the manufacturer of an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, or against any other person or entity involved in the care of a patient who uses an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device for any harm done to the patient resulting from the individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, if the manufacturer or other person or entity is complying in good faith with the provisions of this section and has exercised reasonable care.

      7.  Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, if a patient dies while being treated with an individualized investigational treatment or investigational drug, biological product or device, the heir or heirs of the deceased patient must not be held personally liable for any outstanding debt related to such treatment.

      [4.] 8.  A violation of any provision of this section , except for subsection 4, is a misdemeanor.

      9.  If a manufacturer fails to comply with the provisions of subsection 4 and such failure is not caused by excusable neglect, technical problems or other extenuating circumstances, the manufacturer is liable for a civil penalty to be recovered by the Attorney General in an amount of $5,000 for each day of such failure. The Attorney General shall deposit any civil penalties collected pursuant to this subsection with the State Treasurer for credit to the State General Fund.

      [5.] 10.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biological product” has the meaning ascribed to it in 42 U.S.C. § 262.

      (b) “Individualized investigational treatment” means a drug, biological product or device that is unique to and produced exclusively for use by an individual patient based on the genetic profile of the patient, including, without limitation, by an analysis of the genomic sequence of the patient, human chromosomes, deoxyribonucleic acid, ribonucleic acid, genes, gene products such as enzymes and other types of proteins or metabolites. The term includes, without limitation, individualized gene therapy, antisense oligonucleotides and individualized neoantigen vaccines.

      (c) “Investigational drug, biological product or device” means a drug, biological product or device that:

             (1) Has successfully completed Phase 1 of a clinical trial;

             (2) Has not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration; and

             (3) Is currently being tested in a clinical trial that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.

      [(c) “Terminal condition” means an incurable and irreversible condition that, without the administration of life-sustaining treatment, will, in the opinion of the attending physician, result in death within 1 year.]

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2156 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (d) “Life-threatening disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in 21 C.F.R. § 312.81, as interpreted by any guidance of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

      (e) “Severely debilitating disease or condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in 21 C.F.R. § 312.81, as interpreted by any guidance of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

      Sec. 3. Chapter 616B of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  If an injured employee or his or her legal representative requests health care records from an insurer, third-party administrator or employer pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 616B.012, any other provision of chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS or any regulation adopted pursuant thereto, the insurer, third-party administrator or employer shall furnish a copy of the requested records to the injured employee or legal representative. Such records may be furnished in an electronic format using a method of secure electronic transmission that complies with applicable federal and state law.

      2.  If an insurer, third-party administrator or employer maintains health care records electronically, any fee to furnish those records in an electronic format pursuant to subsection 1 must not exceed:

      (a) Fifteen dollars for records able to be delivered by electronic mail; or

      (b) Twenty-five dollars for records required to be delivered using a secure electronic method of file sharing.

      3.  Any fee to furnish health care records in a form that is not electronic pursuant to subsection 1 must not exceed 30 cents per page.

      4.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Health care records” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.021 and additionally includes individually identifiable health information, as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.

      (b) “Secure electronic transmission” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 1 of this act.

      Sec. 4. NRS 616B.012 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      616B.012  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section and NRS 239.0115, 607.217, 616B.015, 616B.021 and 616C.205, and section 3 of this act, information obtained from any insurer, employer or employee is confidential and may not be disclosed or be open to public inspection in any manner which would reveal the person’s identity.

      2.  Any claimant or legal representative of the claimant is entitled to information from the records of the insurer, to the extent necessary for the proper presentation of a claim in any proceeding under chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS.

      3.  The Division and Administrator are entitled to information from the records of the insurer which is necessary for the performance of their duties. The Administrator may, by regulation, prescribe the manner in which otherwise confidential information may be made available to:

      (a) Any agency of this or any other state charged with the administration or enforcement of laws relating to industrial insurance, unemployment compensation, public assistance or labor law and industrial relations;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2157 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

      (b) Any state or local agency for the enforcement of child support;

      (c) The Internal Revenue Service of the Department of the Treasury;

      (d) The Department of Taxation; and

      (e) The State Contractors’ Board in the performance of its duties to enforce the provisions of chapter 624 of NRS.

Κ Information obtained in connection with the administration of a program of industrial insurance may be made available to persons or agencies for purposes appropriate to the operation of a program of industrial insurance.

      4.  Upon written request made by a public officer of a local government, an insurer shall furnish from its records the name, address and place of employment of any person listed in its records. The request must set forth the social security number of the person about whom the request is made and contain a statement signed by proper authority of the local government certifying that the request is made to allow the proper authority to enforce a law to recover a debt or obligation owed to the local government. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 239.0115, the information obtained by the local government is confidential and may not be used or disclosed for any purpose other than the collection of a debt or obligation owed to the local government. The insurer may charge a reasonable fee for the cost of providing the requested information.

      5.  To further a current criminal investigation, the chief executive officer of any law enforcement agency of this State may submit to the Administrator a written request for the name, address and place of employment of any person listed in the records of an insurer. The request must set forth the social security number of the person about whom the request is made and contain a statement signed by the chief executive officer certifying that the request is made to further a criminal investigation currently being conducted by the agency. Upon receipt of a request, the Administrator shall instruct the insurer to furnish the information requested. Upon receipt of such an instruction, the insurer shall furnish the information requested. The insurer may charge a reasonable fee to cover any related administrative expenses.

      6.  Upon request by the Department of Taxation, the Administrator shall provide:

      (a) Lists containing the names and addresses of employers; and

      (b) Other information concerning employers collected and maintained by the Administrator or the Division to carry out the purposes of chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS,

Κ to the Department for its use in verifying returns for the taxes imposed pursuant to chapters 363A, 363B, 363C and 363D of NRS. The Administrator may charge a reasonable fee to cover any related administrative expenses.

      7.  Any person who, in violation of this section, discloses information obtained from files of claimants or policyholders or obtains a list of claimants or policyholders under chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS and uses or permits the use of the list for any political purposes, is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.

      8.  All letters, reports or communications of any kind, oral or written, from the insurer, or any of its agents, representatives or employees are privileged and must not be the subject matter or basis for any lawsuit if the letter, report or communication is written, sent, delivered or prepared pursuant to the requirements of chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2158 (CHAPTER 386, SB 283)κ

 

letter, report or communication is written, sent, delivered or prepared pursuant to the requirements of chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS.

      9.  The provisions of this section do not prohibit the Administrator or the Division from:

      (a) Disclosing any nonproprietary information relating to an uninsured employer or proof of industrial insurance; or

      (b) Notifying an injured employee or the surviving spouse or dependent of an injured employee of benefits to which such persons may be entitled in addition to those provided pursuant to the provisions of chapters 616A to 616D, inclusive, or chapter 617 of NRS but only if:

             (1) The notification is solely for the purpose of informing the recipient of benefits that are available to the recipient; and

             (2) The content of the notification is limited to information concerning services which are offered by nonprofit entities.

      Sec. 5.  The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.

      Sec. 6.  1.  A patient who is being treated with an individualized investigational treatment or an investigational drug, biological product or device on June 30, 2027, may continue to receive such treatment on and after July 1, 2027, regardless of whether the patient remains eligible to receive such treatment.

      2.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Individualized investigational treatment” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690, as amended by section 2.7 of this act.

      (b) “Investigational drug, biological product or device” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 454.690, as amended by section 2.7 of this act.

      Sec. 7.  The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.

      Sec. 8.  1.  This section and sections 1.55 to 1.9, inclusive, 2.5, 2.7, 5 and 6 of this act become effective on July 1, 2023.

      2.  Sections 1, 1.5, 2, 2.3, 3, 4 and 7 of this act become effective on October 1, 2023.

      3.  Sections 1.55 to 1.9, inclusive, 2.5 and 2.7 of this act expire by limitation on July 1, 2027.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2159κ

 

CHAPTER 387, AB 400

Assembly Bill No. 400–Committee on Education

 

CHAPTER 387

 

[Approved: June 12, 2023]

 

AN ACT relating to education; creating the Early Childhood Literacy and Readiness Account and authorizing grants from the Account for certain purposes; revising various provisions relating to the Commission on School Funding; authorizing, under certain circumstances, the State Public Charter School Authority to award money to a charter school for the transportation of pupils; authorizing a city or county to sponsor a charter school; requiring a city or county that sponsors a charter school to annually report certain information; revising provisions relating to the Teach Nevada Scholarship Program; creating the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program; revising provisions governing the promotion of pupils; revising provisions relating to the retention of pupils in the same grade; making appropriations; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law authorizes the Department of Education, to the extent money is available, to award grants to certain entities to support prekindergarten programs. (NRS 387.652-387.658) Sections 11-14 of this bill create the Early Childhood Literacy and Readiness Account and authorize the Department to award grants to certain entities to support early childhood literacy and readiness programs. Section 93.5 of this bill makes an appropriation to the Account.

      Existing law creates the Commission on School Funding and establishes the duties of the Commission. (NRS 387.1246, 387.12463) Section 22 of this bill: (1) requires the Department to engage in certain activities to support the Commission; and (2) authorizes the Commission to meet at any time. Section 23 of this bill expands the duties of the Commission by requiring the Commission to: (1) review the academic progress made by pupils in each public school in this State; and (2) review and consider strategies to improve the accessibility of existing and new programs within and between public schools. Section 23 also eliminates the power of the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education to review the recommendations of the Commission and determine whether to transmit the recommendations to the Governor or the Legislature and instead requires the Commission to transmit its recommendations to the Governor and the Legislature after considering the recommendations of the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education. Section 93 of this bill makes an appropriation to the Department to support the operations of the Commission.

      Existing law requires each school district and each public school to create a report on or before October 1 of each year that includes certain information about the number and kinds of personnel and services provided by the school district or public school, respectively, during the immediately preceding school year and any changes anticipated by the school district or public school. (NRS 387.12468) Section 24 of this bill requires the Department to prepare any reports or provide any data necessary for a school district or public school to produce such reports. Section 93 makes an appropriation to the Department to support the completion of such reports.

      Existing law: (1) requires the State Public Charter School Authority to sponsor charter schools; and (2) authorizes the board of trustees of a school district or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education to apply to the Department for authorization to sponsor charter schools. (NRS 388A.220) Section 32 of this bill: (1) authorizes a city or county to apply to the Department for authorization to sponsor charter schools; (2) prohibits a city or county from sponsoring a new charter school or expanding the enrollment or authorizing an additional campus of an existing charter school sponsored by the city or county if the total number of pupils enrolled in charter schools sponsored by the city or county exceeds a certain percentage of pupils in public schools in the city or county other than charter schools that are not sponsored by the city or county; and (3) limits a city or county to sponsoring a charter school within the territory of the city or county.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2160 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

Section 32 of this bill: (1) authorizes a city or county to apply to the Department for authorization to sponsor charter schools; (2) prohibits a city or county from sponsoring a new charter school or expanding the enrollment or authorizing an additional campus of an existing charter school sponsored by the city or county if the total number of pupils enrolled in charter schools sponsored by the city or county exceeds a certain percentage of pupils in public schools in the city or county other than charter schools that are not sponsored by the city or county; and (3) limits a city or county to sponsoring a charter school within the territory of the city or county. Section 34 of this bill makes conforming changes to refer to provisions that have been renumbered by section 32. Sections 1-5, 7, 8, 28, 29-31, 33-39, 50-52 and 75 of this bill authorize a city or county approved by the Department to, in general, sponsor charter schools in the same manner as the board of trustees of a school district or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education.

      Existing law imposes certain reporting requirements on the governing body of each charter school or the sponsor of a charter school. (NRS 388A.345-388A.355) Section 28.7 of this bill requires a city or county that sponsors a charter school to report annually to the Department, the State Public Charter School Authority and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau certain information relating to the charter school and pupils enrolled in the charter school.

      Section 28.5 of this bill: (1) authorizes, under certain circumstances, the State Public Charter School Authority to award money to a charter school for the transportation of pupils to the extent money has been appropriated for that purpose; and (2) requires a charter school that wishes to receive such money to submit a transportation plan to the State Public Charter School Authority. Section 28.5 authorizes the State Public Charter School Authority to approve the transportation plan of a charter school if it makes certain determinations. Section 93.3 of this bill makes an appropriation to the State Public Charter School Authority to award money to charter schools for the transportation of pupils.

      Existing law establishes the Teach Nevada Scholarship Program, which awards grants to public or private universities, colleges or other providers of an alternative licensure program in this State to award scholarships to students who attend the university, college or provider to complete a program which is approved by the State Board of Education and upon completion: (1) makes a student eligible to obtain a license to teach kindergarten, any grade from grades 1 through 12 or in the subject of special education; or (2) allows a student to specialize in early childhood education. (NRS 391A.580) Section 56 of this bill requires the State Board to annually review and report on the Teach Nevada Scholarship Program. Section 67 of this bill makes a conforming change to indicate the proper placement of section 56 in the Nevada Revised Statutes. Section 68 of this bill: (1) revises provisions relating to the priority of grant awards for the Teach Nevada Scholarship Program; and (2) requires a student to have graduated from a high school in this State or a county that borders this State and accepts pupils from this State or who have successfully completed the high school equivalency assessment selected by the State Board before 20 years of age to be eligible for a Teach Nevada Scholarship. Section 69 of this bill increases the maximum amount of a Teach Nevada Scholarship to match the cost of receiving a bachelor’s degree at a public university in this State.

      Sections 57-66 of this bill create the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program, which, in general, is structured similarly to the Teach Nevada Scholarship Program. Section 63 of this bill allows a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship to be used to obtain a master’s degree in education or a related field of study. Section 63 similarly requires 25 percent of an award of a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship to be retained by the State Board, and section 64 allows this amount to be released to a scholarship recipient if he or she maintains employment as a teacher at a public school in this State for 3 consecutive school years immediately following completion of the program for which the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship was awarded. Section 93.7 of this bill makes an appropriation to the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program Account.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2161 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      Existing law requires an elementary school to provide intervention services and intensive instruction to a pupil during the time the pupil attends the school if the pupil does not obtain a score in the subject area of reading on the criterion-referenced examination in reading that meets the score prescribed by the State Board. Existing law also authorizes the principal of such a school to retain the pupil, rather than promote the pupil to the next grade, in certain circumstances, in consultation with a literacy specialist and certain other persons. (NRS 388A.487, 392.760) Sections 71 and 72 of this bill require a pupil enrolled in grade 3 to be retained in grade 3, rather than promoted to grade 4, if the pupil does not obtain the score in the subject area of reading on a uniform examination in reading that meets the score prescribed by the State Board or receive an exemption by the superintendent of schools of the school district or governing body of the charter school. Sections 71 and 72 also authorize a pupil to receive a good-cause exemption to allow the pupil to be promoted to grade 4 without obtaining such a score and require the State Board to prescribe an alternative examination for pupils who do not obtain such a score. Section 40 of this bill requires a pupil enrolled in a charter school to be retained in grade 3 under similar circumstances. Section 76 of this bill revises the information that must be included in a written notice provided to the parent or legal guardian of a pupil enrolled in kindergarten or grade 1, 2 or 3 who exhibits a deficiency in the subject area of reading. Section 77 of this bill requires a school to provide certain intervention services and intensive instruction to a pupil who does not obtain a passing score in the subject area of reading regardless of whether the pupil is retained in grade 3. Section 77 additionally: (1) requires literacy specialists and personnel with knowledge and expertise relating to providing intervention services and intensive instruction to pupils who are deficient in the subject area of reading to, in addition to any other duties, provide such services and instruction to such pupils; and (2) requires each public school to offer summer school to a pupil in second or third grade who is deficient in the subject area of reading. Sections 40 and 78 of this bill require certain information relating to pupils with a deficiency in reading who were retained in grade 3 or not retained due to a good-cause exemption to be included in the annual report of pupils receiving intervention services and intensive instruction to address a deficiency in reading. Sections 6 and 74 of this bill make conforming changes to refer to provisions that have been renumbered by this bill.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. NRS 385.620 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.620  The Advisory Council shall:

      1.  Review the policy of parental involvement adopted by the State Board and the policy of parental involvement and family engagement adopted by the board of trustees of each school district pursuant to NRS 392.457;

      2.  Review the information relating to communication with and participation, involvement and engagement of parents and families that is included in the annual report of accountability for each school district pursuant to NRS 385A.320 and similar information in the annual report of accountability prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority and a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or city or county that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.070;

      3.  Review any effective practices carried out in individual school districts to increase parental involvement and family engagement and determine the feasibility of carrying out those practices on a statewide basis;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2162 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      4.  Review any effective practices carried out in other states to increase parental involvement and family engagement and determine the feasibility of carrying out those practices in this State;

      5.  Identify methods to communicate effectively and provide outreach to parents, legal guardians and families of pupils who have limited time to become involved in the education of their children for various reasons, including, without limitation, work schedules, single-parent homes and other family obligations;

      6.  Identify the manner in which the level of parental involvement and family engagement affects the performance, attendance and discipline of pupils;

      7.  Identify methods to communicate effectively with and provide outreach to parents, legal guardians and families of pupils who are English learners;

      8.  Determine the necessity for the appointment of a statewide parental involvement and family engagement coordinator or a parental involvement and family engagement coordinator in each school district, or both;

      9.  Work in collaboration with the Office of Parental Involvement and Family Engagement created by NRS 385.630 to carry out the duties prescribed in NRS 385.635; and

      10.  On or before February 1 of each year, submit a report to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the Legislature in odd-numbered years and to the Legislative Commission in even-numbered years, describing the activities of the Advisory Council and any recommendations for legislation.

      Sec. 2. NRS 385A.070 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.070  1.  The board of trustees of each school district in this State, in cooperation with associations recognized by the State Board as representing licensed educational personnel in the district, shall adopt a program providing for the accountability of the school district to the residents of the district and to the State Board for the quality of the schools and the educational achievement of the pupils in the district, including, without limitation, pupils enrolled in charter schools sponsored by the school district. The board of trustees of each school district shall report the information required by NRS 385A.070 to 385A.320, inclusive, for each charter school sponsored by the school district. The information for charter schools must be reported separately.

      2.  The board of trustees of each school district shall, on or before December 31 of each year, prepare for the immediately preceding school year a single annual report of accountability concerning the educational goals and objectives of the school district, the information prescribed by NRS 385A.070 to 385A.320, inclusive, and such other information as is directed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. A separate reporting for a group of pupils must not be made pursuant to NRS 385A.070 to 385A.320, inclusive, if the number of pupils in that group is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual pupil. The Department shall use the mechanism approved by the United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the minimum number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2163 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      3.  The State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school shall, on or before December 31 of each year, prepare for the immediately preceding school year an annual report of accountability of the charter schools sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority or institution, as applicable, concerning the accountability information prescribed by the Department pursuant to this section. The Department, in consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school, shall prescribe by regulation the information that must be prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority and institution, as applicable, which must include, without limitation, the information contained in subsection 2 and NRS 385A.070 to 385A.320, inclusive, as applicable to charter schools. The Department shall provide for public dissemination of the annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to this section by posting a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the Department.

      4.  The annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to this section must be presented in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language that parents can understand.

      Sec. 3. NRS 385A.080 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.080  1.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall:

      (a) Prescribe forms for the reports required pursuant to NRS 385A.070 and provide the forms to the respective school districts, the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school.

      (b) Provide statistical information and technical assistance to the school districts, the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school to ensure that the reports provide comparable information with respect to each school in each district, each charter school and among the districts and charter schools throughout this State.

      (c) Consult with a representative of the:

             (1) Nevada State Education Association;

             (2) Nevada Association of School Boards;

             (3) Nevada Association of School Administrators;

             (4) Nevada Parent Teacher Association;

             (5) Budget Division of the Office of Finance;

             (6) Legislative Counsel Bureau; and

             (7) Charter School Association of Nevada,

Κ concerning the program adopted pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 385A.070 and consider any advice or recommendations submitted by the representatives with respect to the program.

      2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may consult with representatives of parent groups other than the Nevada Parent Teacher Association concerning the program adopted pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 385A.070 and consider any advice or recommendations submitted by the representatives with respect to the program.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2164 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      Sec. 4. NRS 385A.090 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.090  1.  On or before September 30 of each year:

      (a) The board of trustees of each school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school shall provide written notice that the report required pursuant to NRS 385A.070 is available on the Internet website maintained by the school district, State Public Charter School Authority , [or] institution [,] or city or county, if any, or otherwise provide written notice of the availability of the report. The written notice must be provided to the:

             (1) Governor;

             (2) State Board;

             (3) Department;

             (4) Committee;

             (5) Bureau; and

             (6) The Attorney General, with a specific reference to the information that is reported pursuant to paragraph (e) of subsection 1 of NRS 385A.250.

      (b) The board of trustees of each school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school shall provide for public dissemination of the annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to NRS 385A.070 by posting a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] the institution [,] or the city or county, if any. If a school district does not maintain a website, the district shall otherwise provide for public dissemination of the annual report by providing a copy of the report to the schools in the school district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district, the residents of the district, and the parents and guardians of pupils enrolled in schools in the district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district. If the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] the institution , the city or the county does not maintain a website, the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] the institution, the city or the county, as applicable, shall otherwise provide for public dissemination of the annual report by providing a copy of the report to each charter school it sponsors and the parents and guardians of pupils enrolled in each charter school it sponsors.

      2.  Upon the request of the Governor, the Attorney General, an entity described in paragraph (a) of subsection 1 or a member of the general public, the board of trustees of a school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that sponsors a charter school, as applicable, shall provide a portion or portions of the report required pursuant to NRS 385A.070.

      Sec. 5. NRS 385A.240 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.240  1.  The annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to NRS 385A.070 must include information on the attendance, truancy and transiency of pupils, including, without limitation:

      (a) Records of the attendance and truancy of pupils in all grades, including, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2165 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

             (1) The average daily attendance of pupils, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

             (2) For each elementary school, middle school and junior high school in the district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district that provides instruction to pupils enrolled in a grade level other than high school, information that compares the attendance of the pupils enrolled in the school with the attendance of pupils throughout the district and throughout this State. The information required by this subparagraph must be provided in consultation with the Department to ensure the accuracy of the comparison.

      (b) The number of pupils in each grade who are retained in the same grade pursuant to NRS 392.033, 392.125 or 392.760, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

      (c) The transiency rate of pupils for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district. For the purposes of this paragraph, a pupil is not transient if the pupil is transferred to a different school within the school district as a result of a change in the zone of attendance by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to NRS 388.040.

      (d) The number of habitual truants reported for each school in the district and for the district as a whole, including, without limitation, the number who are:

             (1) Reported to an attendance officer, a school police officer or a local law enforcement agency pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144;

             (2) Referred to an advisory board to review school attendance pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144; and

             (3) Referred for the imposition of administrative sanctions pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144.

      2.  The information included pursuant to subsection 1 must allow such information to be disaggregated by:

      (a) Pupils who are economically disadvantaged;

      (b) Pupils from major racial and ethnic groups;

      (c) Pupils with disabilities;

      (d) Pupils who are English learners;

      (e) Pupils who are migratory children;

      (f) Gender;

      (g) Pupils who are homeless;

      (h) Pupils in foster care; and

      (i) Pupils whose parent or guardian is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, a reserve component thereof or the National Guard.

      3.  On or before September 30 of each year:

      (a) The board of trustees of each school district shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in the county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information required by paragraph (a) of subsection 1.

      (b) The State Public Charter School Authority , [and] each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in a county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information regarding the records of the attendance and truancy of pupils enrolled in the charter school located in that county, if any, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by the Department pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.070.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2166 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

enrolled in the charter school located in that county, if any, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by the Department pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.070.

      Sec. 5.5. NRS 385A.240 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.240  1.  The annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to NRS 385A.070 must include information on the attendance, truancy and transiency of pupils, including, without limitation:

      (a) Records of the attendance and truancy of pupils in all grades, including, without limitation:

             (1) The average daily attendance of pupils, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

             (2) For each elementary school, middle school and junior high school in the district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district that provides instruction to pupils enrolled in a grade level other than high school, information that compares the attendance of the pupils enrolled in the school with the attendance of pupils throughout the district and throughout this State. The information required by this subparagraph must be provided in consultation with the Department to ensure the accuracy of the comparison.

      (b) The number of pupils in each grade who are retained in the same grade pursuant to NRS 392.033 [,] or 392.125 or [392.760,] section 71 of this act, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

      (c) The transiency rate of pupils for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district. For the purposes of this paragraph, a pupil is not transient if the pupil is transferred to a different school within the school district as a result of a change in the zone of attendance by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to NRS 388.040.

      (d) The number of habitual truants reported for each school in the district and for the district as a whole, including, without limitation, the number who are:

             (1) Reported to an attendance officer, a school police officer or a local law enforcement agency pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144;

             (2) Referred to an advisory board to review school attendance pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144; and

             (3) Referred for the imposition of administrative sanctions pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144.

      2.  The information included pursuant to subsection 1 must allow such information to be disaggregated by:

      (a) Pupils who are economically disadvantaged;

      (b) Pupils from major racial and ethnic groups;

      (c) Pupils with disabilities;

      (d) Pupils who are English learners;

      (e) Pupils who are migratory children;

      (f) Gender;

      (g) Pupils who are homeless;

      (h) Pupils in foster care; and

      (i) Pupils whose parent or guardian is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, a reserve component thereof or the National Guard.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2167 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      3.  On or before September 30 of each year:

      (a) The board of trustees of each school district shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in the county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information required by paragraph (a) of subsection 1.

      (b) The State Public Charter School Authority, each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and each city or county that sponsors a charter school shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in a county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information regarding the records of the attendance and truancy of pupils enrolled in the charter school located in that county, if any, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by the Department pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.070.

      Sec. 6. NRS 385A.450 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.450  The annual report of accountability prepared by the State Board pursuant to NRS 385A.400 must include information on the attendance, truancy and transiency of pupils, including, without limitation:

      1.  For all elementary schools, junior high schools and middle schools, the rate of attendance, reported for each school district, including, without limitation, each charter school in the district, and for this State as a whole.

      2.  The number of pupils in each grade who are retained in the same grade pursuant to NRS 392.033 [,] or 392.125 or [392.760,] section 71 of this act, reported for each school district, including, without limitation, each charter school in the district, and for this State as a whole.

      3.  The transiency rate of pupils, reported for each school district, including, without limitation, each charter school in the district, and for this State as a whole. For the purposes of this subsection, a pupil is not a transient if the pupil is transferred to a different school within the school district as a result of a change in the zone of attendance by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to NRS 388.040.

      4.  The number of habitual truants reported for each school district, including, without limitation, each charter school in the district, and for this State as a whole, including, without limitation, the number who are:

      (a) Reported to an attendance officer, a school police officer or a local law enforcement agency pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144;

      (b) Referred to an advisory board to review school attendance pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144; and

      (c) Referred for the imposition of administrative sanctions pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144.

      Sec. 7. NRS 385A.670 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.670  1.  On or before July 31 of each year, the Department shall determine whether each public school is meeting the school achievement targets and performance targets established pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools.

      2.  The determination pursuant to subsection 1 for a public school, including, without limitation, a charter school sponsored by the board of trustees of the school district, must be made in consultation with the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located. If a charter school is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, the Department shall make a determination for the charter school in consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] the institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education or the city or county that sponsors the charter school, as applicable.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2168 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

charter school in consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] the institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education or the city or county that sponsors the charter school, as applicable. The determination made for each school must be based only upon the information and data for those pupils who are enrolled in the school for a full academic year. On or before July 31 of each year, the Department shall transmit:

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) or (c), the determination made for each public school to the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located.

      (b) To the State Public Charter School Authority the determination made for each charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority.

      (c) The determination made for the charter school to the institution that sponsors the charter school if a charter school is sponsored by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [.] or a city or county.

      3.  If the number of pupils in a particular group who are enrolled in a public school is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information:

      (a) The Department shall not determine that the school has failed to meet the performance targets established pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools based solely upon that particular group.

      (b) The pupils in such a group must be included in the overall count of pupils enrolled in the school who took the examinations.

Κ The Department shall use the mechanism approved by the United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

      4.  If an irregularity in testing administration or an irregularity in testing security occurs at a school and the irregularity invalidates the test scores of pupils, those test scores must be included in the scores of pupils reported for the school, the attendance of those pupils must be counted towards the total number of pupils who took the examinations and the pupils must be included in the total number of pupils who were required to take the examinations.

      5.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Irregularity in testing administration” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 390.255.

      (b) “Irregularity in testing security” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 390.260.

      Sec. 8. NRS 385A.720 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385A.720  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3:

      (a) Based upon the information received from the Department pursuant to NRS 385A.670, the board of trustees of each school district shall, on or before August 15 of each year, issue a preliminary rating for each public school in the school district in accordance with the statewide system of accountability for public schools, excluding charter schools sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [.] or a city or county.

      (b) The board of trustees shall make preliminary ratings for all charter schools that are sponsored by the board of trustees.

      (c) The Department shall make preliminary ratings for all charter schools sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] all charter schools sponsored by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [.]

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2169 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

schools sponsored by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [.] and all charter schools sponsored by a city or county.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3:

      (a) Before making a final rating for a school, the board of trustees of the school district or the Department, as applicable, shall provide the school an opportunity to review the data upon which the preliminary rating is based and to present evidence.

      (b) If the school is a public school of the school district or a charter school sponsored by the board of trustees, the board of trustees of the school district shall, in consultation with the Department, make a final determination concerning the rating for the school on September 15.

      (c) If the school is a charter school sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, the Department shall make a final determination concerning the rating for the school on September 15.

      3.  The Department may temporarily waive or otherwise pause the requirement to make ratings for public schools that comply with 20 U.S.C. § 6311(c) pursuant to this section if the United States Department of Education grants a waiver from or otherwise pauses the requirements of 20 U.S.C. § 6311(c).

      4.  On or before September 15 of each year, the Department shall post on the Internet website maintained by the Department the determinations and final ratings made for all schools in this State.

      Sec. 9. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 10. Chapter 387 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 11 to 14, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 11. As used in sections 11 to 14, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, “Account” means the Early Childhood Literacy and Readiness Account created by section 12 of this act.

      Sec. 12. 1.  The Early Childhood Literacy and Readiness Account is hereby created in the State General Fund. The Account must be administered by the Department.

      2.  The interest and income earned on:

      (a) The money in the Account, after deducting any applicable charge; and

      (b) Unexpended appropriations made to the Account from the State General Fund,

Κ must be credited to the Account.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the balance remaining in the Account that has not been committed for expenditure on or before June 30 of each fiscal year reverts to the State General Fund.

      4.  The Department may accept gifts and grants of money from any source for deposit in the Account. All money received pursuant to this subsection:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately in the Account;

      (b) Must be expended in accordance with the terms of the gift or grant; and

      (c) Does not revert to the State General Fund and must be carried over into the next fiscal year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2170 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      5.  The money in the Account may only be used to award grants to school districts, sponsors of charter schools and nonprofit organizations to support early childhood literacy and readiness programs pursuant to section 13 of this act.

      Sec. 13. 1.  The Department shall, to the extent money is available, award grants of money to school districts, sponsors of charter schools and nonprofit organizations to support early childhood literacy and readiness programs. Each program supported by a grant awarded pursuant to this section must:

      (a) Serve children who are less than 6 years of age;

      (b) Be evidence-based;

      (c) Provide for appropriate individualized accommodations and supports for children with disabilities; and

      (d) Include a plan of reporting and accountability for the performance of the program.

      2.  A school district, sponsor of a charter school or nonprofit organization that wishes to receive a grant pursuant to this section must submit an application to the Department. The Department may approve such an application if the Department determines that the application:

      (a) Includes an implementation plan which is financially sound; and

      (b) Proposes to use all money available from the grant within 2 years or such shorter period of time as the Department determines appropriate.

      3.  The Department shall prioritize the award of grants pursuant to this section to a school district, sponsor of a charter school or nonprofit organization to support an early childhood literacy and readiness program that:

      (a) Receives money from a private source;

      (b) Receives money from a federal grant;

      (c) Has demonstrated sustained success in improving the literacy and readiness for elementary school of children less than 6 years of age; or

      (d) Provides services to geographical areas with a higher proportion of children entering kindergarten who have demonstrated a deficit across early learning domains during the immediately preceding 2 years.

      Sec. 14. On or before November 1 of each year, the Department shall:

      1.  Review all grants awarded pursuant to section 13 of this act during the immediately preceding year;

      2.  Compile a report for the immediately preceding year which must include, without limitation:

      (a) The number of applications for a grant received pursuant to section 13 of this act;

      (b) The number of grants awarded pursuant to section 13 of this act;

      (c) The total cost of all grants awarded pursuant to section 13 of this act; and

      (d) Such other information as may be prescribed by the Department to demonstrate the effectiveness of recipients of a grant awarded pursuant to section 13 of this act in improving the literacy and readiness for elementary school of children less than 6 years of age.

      Secs. 15-21. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 22. NRS 387.1246 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1246  1.  The Commission on School Funding, consisting of 11 members, is hereby created.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2171 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      2.  The Commission consists of the following members, who may not be Legislators:

      (a) One member appointed by the Governor, who serves as Chair;

      (b) Two members appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate;

      (c) Two members appointed by the Speaker of the Assembly;

      (d) One member appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate;

      (e) One member appointed by the Minority Leader of the Assembly;

      (f) Two members appointed by the Governor, each of whom is the chief financial officer of a school district in this State which has more than 40,000 pupils enrolled in its public schools, nominated by the Nevada Association of School Superintendents or its successor organization; and

      (g) Two members appointed by the Governor, each of whom is the chief financial officer of a school district in this State which has 40,000 or fewer pupils enrolled in its public schools, nominated by the Nevada Association of School Superintendents or its successor organization.

Κ In making appointments to the Commission, the appointing authorities shall consider whether the membership generally reflects the geographic distribution of pupils in the State.

      3.  Each member of the Commission must:

      (a) Be a resident of this State;

      (b) Not have been registered as a lobbyist pursuant to NRS 218H.200 for a period of at least 2 years immediately preceding appointment to the Commission;

      (c) Have relevant experience in public education;

      (d) Have relevant experience in fiscal policy, school finance or similar or related financial activities;

      (e) Have the education, experience and skills necessary to effectively execute the duties and responsibilities of a member of the Commission; and

      (f) Have demonstrated ability in the field of economics, taxation or other discipline necessary to school finance and be able to bring knowledge and professional judgment to the deliberations of the Commission.

      4.  Each member of the Commission serves a term of 3 years and may be reappointed to additional terms.

      5.  Each member may be removed by the appointing authority for good cause. A vacancy on the Commission must be filled in the same manner as the original appointment.

      6.  The Commission shall:

      (a) Elect a Vice Chair from among its members at its first meeting for a term of 3 years. A vacancy in the office of Vice Chair must be filled by the Commission by election for the remainder of the existing term.

      (b) Adopt such rules governing the conduct of the Commission as it deems necessary.

      (c) Hold its first meeting on or before October 1, 2019, and hold such additional number of meetings as may be necessary to accomplish the tasks assigned to it . [in the time allotted.]

      7.  A majority of the members of the Commission constitutes a quorum and a majority of those present must concur in any decision.

      8.  The Department shall provide the Commission with meeting rooms, data processing services and administrative and clerical assistance [.] and undertake any research, analysis, study or other work required by the Commission to carry out its duties pursuant to NRS 387.12463. The Superintendent of Public Instruction and Office of Finance shall jointly provide the Commission with professional staff services.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2172 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

Superintendent of Public Instruction and Office of Finance shall jointly provide the Commission with professional staff services.

      9.  While engaged in the business of the Commission, each member is entitled to receive the per diem allowance and travel expenses provided for state officers and employees generally.

      [10.  The Commission may meet only between July 1 of an odd-numbered year and September 30 of the subsequent even-numbered year.]

      Sec. 23. NRS 387.12463 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.12463  1.  The Commission shall:

      (a) Provide guidance to school districts and the Department on the implementation of the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan.

      (b) Monitor the implementation of the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan and make any recommendations to the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education that the Commission determines would, within the limits of appropriated funding, improve the implementation of the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan or correct any deficiencies of the Department or any school district or public school in carrying out the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan.

      (c) Review the statewide base per pupil funding amount, the adjusted base per pupil funding for each school district and the multiplier for weighted funding for each category of pupils appropriated by law pursuant to NRS 387.1214 for each biennium and recommend any revisions the Commission determines to be appropriate to create an optimal level of funding for the public schools in this State, including, without limitation, by recommending the creation or elimination of one or more categories of pupils to receive additional weighted funding. If the Commission makes a recommendation pursuant to this paragraph which would require more money to implement than was appropriated from the State Education Fund in the immediately preceding biennium, the Commission shall also identify a method to fully fund the recommendation within 10 years after the date of the recommendation.

      (d) Review the laws and regulations of this State relating to education, make recommendations to the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education for any revision of such laws and regulations that the Commission determines would improve the efficiency or effectiveness of public education in this State and notify each school district of each such recommendation.

      (e) Review and recommend to the Department revisions of the cost adjustment factors for each county established pursuant to NRS 387.1215 and the method for calculating the attendance area adjustment established pursuant to NRS 387.1218.

      (f) Review the academic progress made by pupils in each public school since the implementation of the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan, including, without limitation, any changes to the academic progress of such pupils as the result of any additional money provided to each such school by the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan. In performing such a review, the Commission shall:

             (1) Use metrics to measure the academic achievement of pupils which include, without limitation:

                   (I) The rate of graduation of pupils from high school by type of diploma;

                   (II) The performance of pupils on standardized examinations in math, reading and science;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2173 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

                   (III) The number of credentials or other certifications in fields of career and technical education earned by pupils;

                   (IV) The number of pupils who earn a passing score on an advanced placement examination;

                   (V) The number of pupils who earn a passing score on an international baccalaureate examination;

                   (VI) The percentage of pupils in each school who lack a sufficient number of credits to graduate by the end of their 12th grade year;

                   (VII) The percentage of pupils in each school who drop out;

                   (VIII) The number of pupils who enroll in higher education upon graduation;

                   (IX) The number of pupils who enroll in a vocational or technical school or apprenticeship training program;

                   (X) The attendance rate for pupils;

                   (XI) The number of violent acts by pupils and disciplinary actions against pupils; and

                   (XII) Any other metric prescribed by the Commission;

             (2) Use metrics to measure the improvement of pupils enrolled in elementary school in literacy which include, without limitation:

                   (I) The literacy rate for pupils in first, third and fifth grades;

                   (II) The number of pupils in elementary school who were promoted to the next grade after testing below proficient in reading in the immediately preceding school year, separated by grade level and by level of performance on the relevant test;

                   (III) The number of schools that employ a licensed teacher designated to serve as a literacy specialist pursuant to NRS 388.159 and the number of schools that fail to employ and designate such a licensed teacher; and

                   (IV) Any other metric prescribed by the Commission;

             (3) Use metrics to measure the ability of public schools to hire and retain sufficient staff to meet the needs of the public schools which include, without limitation:

                   (I) The rate of vacancies in positions for teachers, support staff and administrators;

                   (II) The attendance rate for teachers;

                   (III) The retention rate for teachers;

                   (IV) The number of schools and classrooms within each school in which the number of pupils in attendance exceeds the designed capacity for the school or classroom;

                   (V) The number of classes taught by a substitute teacher for more than 25 percent of the school year; and

                   (VI) Any other metric prescribed by the Commission;

             (4) Use metrics to measure the extent to which schools meet the needs and expectations of pupils, parents or legal guardians of pupils, teachers and administrators which include, without limitation:

                   (I) The results of an annual survey of satisfaction of school employees;

                   (II) The results of an annual survey of satisfaction of pupils, parents or legal guardians of pupils and graduates; and

                   (III) Any other metric prescribed by the Commission;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2174 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

             (5) Identify the progress made by each school, school district and charter school on improving the literacy of pupils enrolled in elementary school;

             (6) Make recommendations for strategies to increase the efficacy, efficiency, transparency and accountability of public schools; and

             (7) Make recommendations to the Department, school districts and charter schools to improve the reporting, tracking, monitoring, analyzing and dissemination of data relating to pupil achievement and financial accountability, including, without limitation, revisions to the metrics identified in subparagraphs (1) to (4), inclusive.

      (g) Review and consider strategies to improve the accessibility of existing and new programs for pupils within and between public schools, including, without limitation, open zoning.

      2.  Each school district and each charter school shall submit a quarterly report to the Commission that identifies how funding from the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan is being used to improve the academic performance and progress of pupils and includes, without limitation, all data or metrics collected by the school district or charter school to demonstrate such improvement. The Commission shall review the reports submitted pursuant to this subsection and transmit the reports, along with any commentary or recommendations relating to the reports, to the Governor, the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau, the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education and the Interim Finance Committee.

      3.  After receiving the reports submitted to the Commission pursuant to subsection 2, the Governor may, with the approval of the Legislature or Interim Finance Committee if the Legislature is not in session, direct a school district or charter school to take such remedial actions as the Governor determines to be necessary and appropriate to address any deficiency identified in the reports submitted pursuant to subsection 2.

      4.  The Commission shall [present] :

      (a) Present any recommendations pursuant to paragraphs (a) to [(d),] (g), inclusive, of subsection 1 at a meeting of the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education for consideration and [revision] recommendations by the Committee [. The Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education shall review each recommendation of the Commission and determine whether to] ; and

      (b) After consideration of the recommendations of the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education, transmit the [recommendation] recommendations or a revised version of the [recommendation] recommendations to the Governor [or] and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for distribution to the Legislature.

      Sec. 24. NRS 387.12468 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.12468  1.  On or before October 1 of each year, each school district shall create a report that includes a description of the personnel employed and services provided by the school district during the immediately preceding school year and any changes that the school district anticipates making to the personnel and services during the current school year. The school district shall post a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the school district.

      2.  On or before October 1 of each year, each public school shall create a report that includes a description of the personnel employed and services provided by the school during the immediately preceding school year and any changes the school anticipates making to the personnel and services during the current school year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2175 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

provided by the school during the immediately preceding school year and any changes the school anticipates making to the personnel and services during the current school year. The public school shall post a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the public school or, if the public school does not maintain an Internet website, on the Internet website maintained by the school district or the governing body or sponsor of the public school, as applicable.

      3.  The Department shall prescribe by regulation the format and contents of the information to be provided to create the report created by each school district pursuant to subsection 1 and each public school pursuant to subsection 2. The reports must include, as applicable and without limitation:

      (a) Each grade level at which the public school enrolls pupils;

      (b) The number of pupils attending the public school;

      (c) The average class size at the public school;

      (d) The number of persons employed by the public school to provide instruction, support to pupils, administrative support and other personnel including, without limitation, the number of employees in any subgroup of each type or classification of personnel as prescribed by the Department;

      (e) The professional development provided by the public school;

      (f) The amount of money spent per pupil for supplies, materials, equipment and textbooks;

      (g) For each category of pupils for which the public school receives any additional funding, including, without limitation, pupils with disabilities, pupils who are English learners, at-risk pupils and gifted and talented pupils:

             (1) The number of pupils in each category who attend the public school;

             (2) If the Department determines that pupils within a category must be divided based on severity of need, the number of pupils in each such subcategory; and

             (3) The number of persons employed to provide instruction, support to pupils, administrative support and other personnel employed by the public school and dedicated to providing services to each category or subcategory of pupils, including, without limitation, any subgroup of each kind of personnel prescribed by the Department;

      (h) The total amount of money received to support the operations of the public school, divided by the number of pupils enrolled in the public school and expressed as a per pupil amount;

      (i) The total amount of money received by the public school as adjusted base per pupil funding, divided by the number of pupils enrolled in the public school and expressed as a per pupil amount; and

      (j) The amount of money received by the public school as weighted funding for each category of pupils supported by weighted funding, divided by the number of pupils enrolled in the public school who are identified in the appropriate category and expressed as a per pupil amount for each category.

      4.  The Department shall prepare any reports or provide any data necessary for a school district or public school to produce the reports required by subsections 1 and 2, respectively.

      Secs. 25-27. (Deleted by amendment.)

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2176 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      Sec. 28. NRS 388.795 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.795  1.  The Commission shall establish a plan for the use of educational technology in the public schools of this State. In preparing the plan, the Commission shall consider:

      (a) Plans that have been adopted by the Department and the school districts and charter schools in this State;

      (b) Plans that have been adopted in other states;

      (c) The information reported pursuant to NRS 385A.310 and similar information included in the annual report of accountability information prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority , [and] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and a city or county that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.070;

      (d) The results of the assessment of needs conducted pursuant to subsection 6; and

      (e) Any other information that the Commission or the Committee deems relevant to the preparation of the plan.

      2.  The plan established by the Commission must include recommendations for methods to:

      (a) Incorporate educational technology into the public schools of this State;

      (b) Increase the number of pupils in the public schools of this State who have access to educational technology;

      (c) Increase the availability of educational technology to assist licensed teachers and other educational personnel in complying with the requirements of continuing education, including, without limitation, the receipt of credit for college courses completed through the use of educational technology;

      (d) Facilitate the exchange of ideas to improve the achievement of pupils who are enrolled in the public schools of this State; and

      (e) Address the needs of teachers in incorporating the use of educational technology in the classroom, including, without limitation, the completion of training that is sufficient to enable the teachers to instruct pupils in the use of educational technology.

      3.  The Department shall provide:

      (a) Administrative support;

      (b) Equipment; and

      (c) Office space,

Κ as is necessary for the Commission to carry out the provisions of this section.

      4.  The following entities shall cooperate with the Commission in carrying out the provisions of this section:

      (a) The State Board.

      (b) The board of trustees of each school district.

      (c) The superintendent of schools of each school district.

      (d) The Department.

      5.  The Commission shall:

      (a) Develop technical standards for educational technology and any electrical or structural appurtenances necessary thereto, including, without limitation, uniform specifications for computer hardware and wiring, to ensure that such technology is compatible, uniform and can be interconnected throughout the public schools of this State.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2177 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (b) Allocate money to the school districts from the Trust Fund for Educational Technology created pursuant to NRS 388.800 and any money appropriated by the Legislature for educational technology, subject to any priorities for such allocation established by the Legislature.

      (c) Establish criteria for the board of trustees of a school district that receives an allocation of money from the Commission to:

             (1) Repair, replace and maintain computer systems.

             (2) Upgrade and improve computer hardware and software and other educational technology.

             (3) Provide training, installation and technical support related to the use of educational technology within the district.

      (d) Submit to the Governor, the Committee and the Department its plan for the use of educational technology in the public schools of this State and any recommendations for legislation.

      (e) Review the plan annually and make revisions as it deems necessary or as directed by the Committee or the Department.

      (f) In addition to the recommendations set forth in the plan pursuant to subsection 2, make further recommendations to the Committee and the Department as the Commission deems necessary.

      6.  During the spring semester of each even-numbered school year, the Commission shall conduct an assessment of the needs of each school district relating to educational technology. In conducting the assessment, the Commission shall consider:

      (a) The recommendations set forth in the plan pursuant to subsection 2;

      (b) The plan for educational technology of each school district, if applicable;

      (c) Evaluations of educational technology conducted for the State or for a school district, if applicable; and

      (d) Any other information deemed relevant by the Commission.

Κ The Commission shall submit a final written report of the assessment to the Superintendent of Public Instruction on or before April 1 of each even-numbered year.

      7.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall prepare a written compilation of the results of the assessment conducted by the Commission and transmit the written compilation on or before June 1 of each even-numbered year to the Committee and to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      8.  The Commission may appoint an advisory committee composed of members of the Commission or other qualified persons to provide recommendations to the Commission regarding standards for the establishment, coordination and use of a telecommunications network in the public schools throughout the various school districts in this State. The advisory committee serves at the pleasure of the Commission and without compensation unless an appropriation or other money for that purpose is provided by the Legislature.

      9.  As used in this section, “public school” includes the Caliente Youth Center, the Nevada Youth Training Center and any other state facility for the detention of children that is operated pursuant to title 5 of NRS.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2178 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      Sec. 28.3.Chapter 388A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 28.5 and 28.7 of this act.

      Sec. 28.5. 1.  The State Public Charter School Authority may award money to a charter school for the transportation of pupils to the extent money has been appropriated for that purpose.

      2.  A charter school must not receive money pursuant to subsection 1 unless the State Public Charter School Authority has approved a transportation plan for the charter school.

      3.  Each charter school that wishes to receive money pursuant to subsection 1 must submit a transportation plan to the State Public Charter School Authority. The State Public Charter School Authority may approve the transportation plan of a charter school if it determines:

      (a) The transportation plan is comprehensive and likely to be successfully implemented;

      (b) The transportation plan will materially improve access to education in the region served by the transportation plan;

      (c) The transportation plan demonstrates that the charter school will be able to comply with statutory and regulatory transportation requirements, including, without limitation, the certification of bus drivers and vehicle safety;

      (d) The transportation plan is financially viable;

      (e) The transportation plan would not cost more, on a per pupil basis, than the average cost for transportation for other public schools operating in the school district in which the charter school is located; and

      (f) The academic, financial and organizational performance of the charter school indicate that the transportation plan is in the interest of pupils who will be served by the transportation plan.

      Sec. 28.7. 1.  On or before February 1 of each year, a city or county that sponsors a charter school shall submit a report to the Department, the State Public Charter School Authority and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature, if the report is submitted in an odd-numbered year, or to the Legislative Commission, if the report is submitted in an even-numbered year. The report must set forth:

      (a) The location of the charter school;

      (b) The geographic area of the city or county served by the charter school;

      (c) The total number of pupils enrolled in the charter school;

      (d) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school by each zip code of the city or county served by the charter school;

      (e) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school from major racial and ethnic groups;

      (f) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school whose household has a household income which:

             (1) Is less than 100 percent of the federally designated level signifying poverty;

             (2) Is more than 100 percent but not more than 200 percent of the federally designated level signifying poverty;

             (3) Is more than 200 percent but not more than 300 percent of the federally designated level signifying poverty; and

             (4) Is more than 300 percent of the federally designated level signifying poverty;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2179 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (g) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school who are eligible for free or reduced-priced lunches pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et. seq.;

      (h) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school who have individualized education programs;

      (i) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school who are English learners;

      (j) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school who were previously enrolled in a Title I school; and

      (k) The number and percentage of pupils enrolled in the charter school who have disabilities.

      2.  The report required pursuant to this section must not include any personally identifiable information of pupils.

      Sec. 29. NRS 388A.105 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.105  The Department shall adopt regulations that prescribe:

      1.  The process for submission of an application pursuant to NRS 388A.220 by the board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county to the Department for authorization to sponsor charter schools, the contents of the application, the process for the Department to review the application and the timeline for review;

      2.  The process for submission of an application to form a charter school to the board of trustees of a school district , [and] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] and a city or county, and the contents of the application;

      3.  The process for submission of an application to renew a charter contract to the board of trustees of a school district , [and] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] and a city or county, and the contents of the application;

      4.  The criteria and type of investigation that must be applied by the board of trustees of a school district , [and] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and a city or county in determining whether to approve an application to form a charter school, an application to renew a charter contract or a request for an amendment of a charter contract;

      5.  The process for submission of an amendment of a charter contract to the board of trustees of a school district , [and] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and a city or county pursuant to NRS 388A.276 and the contents of the application; and

      6.  In consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority, other sponsors of charter schools, governing bodies of charter schools and persons who may be affected:

      (a) Requirements for the annual independent audits of charter schools, including, without limitation, required training for prospective auditors on the expectations and scope of the audits; and

      (b) Ethics requirements for the governing bodies of charter schools.

      Sec. 30. NRS 388A.159 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.159  1.  The State Public Charter School Authority is hereby deemed a local educational agency for all purposes, including, without limitation:

      (a) The provision of a free and appropriate public education to each pupil enrolled in a charter school sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2180 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (b) The provision of special education and related services provided by a charter school sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority; and

      (c) Directing the proportionate share of any money available from federal and state categorical grant programs to charter schools which are sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that are eligible to receive such money.

      2.  A college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that sponsors a charter school shall enter into an agreement with the State Public Charter School Authority for the provision of any necessary functions of a local educational agency. A charter school that receives money pursuant to such a grant program shall comply with any applicable reporting requirements to receive the grant.

      3.  As used in this section, “local educational agency” has the meaning ascribed to it in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(30)(A).

      Sec. 31. NRS 388A.171 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.171  The State Public Charter School Authority shall:

      1.  Before March 1 of each even-numbered year:

      (a) In consultation with the Department and each board of trustees of a school district , [and] college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education and city or county that sponsors a charter school, review all statutes and regulations from which charter schools are not exempt and determine whether such statutes and regulations assisted or impeded the charter schools in achieving their academic, fiscal and organizational goals and objectives;

      (b) Make recommendations to the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education concerning any legislation that would assist charter schools in achieving their academic, fiscal and organizational goals; and

      (c) Make recommendations to the State Board and the Department concerning any changes to regulations that would assist charter schools in achieving their academic, fiscal and organizational goals.

      2.  Make available information concerning the formation and operation of charter schools in this State and the academic, fiscal and organizational performance of each charter school in this State to pupils, parents and legal guardians of pupils, teachers and other educational personnel and members of the general public. The State Public Charter School Authority shall update such information annually.

      Sec. 32. NRS 388A.220 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.220  1.  The board of trustees of a school district may apply to the Department for authorization to sponsor charter schools within the school district in accordance with the regulations adopted by the Department pursuant to NRS 388A.105 or 388A.110. An application must be approved by the Department before the board of trustees may sponsor a charter school. Not more than 180 days after receiving approval to sponsor charter schools, the board of trustees shall provide public notice of its ability to sponsor charter schools and solicit applications for charter schools.

      2.  The State Public Charter School Authority shall sponsor charter schools whose applications have been approved by the State Public Charter School Authority pursuant to NRS 388A.255. Except as otherwise provided by specific statute, if the State Public Charter School Authority sponsors a charter school, the State Public Charter School Authority is responsible for the evaluation, monitoring and oversight of the charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2181 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      3.  A college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education may submit an application to the Department to sponsor charter schools in accordance with the regulations adopted by the Department pursuant to NRS 388A.105 or 388A.110. An application must be approved by the Department before a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education may sponsor charter schools.

      4.  A city or county may submit an application to the Department to sponsor charter schools in accordance with the regulations adopted by the Department pursuant to NRS 388A.105 or 388A.110. An application must be approved by the Department before a city or county may sponsor charter schools. A city or county:

      (a) May not sponsor a new charter school or allow an existing charter school sponsored by the city or county to increase enrollment or operate an additional campus of an existing charter school sponsored by the city or county if the total number of pupils enrolled in charter schools sponsored by the city or county is 7 percent or more of the number of pupils enrolled in public schools in the city or county other than charter schools that are not sponsored by the city or county.

      (b) May only sponsor a charter school which is located entirely within the incorporated area of the city or the unincorporated area of the county, as applicable.

      5.  The board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county may enter into an agreement with the State Public Charter School Authority to provide technical assistance and support in preparing an application to sponsor a charter school and planning and executing the duties of a sponsor of a charter school as prescribed in this section.

      [5.]6.  Before a board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that is approved to sponsor charter schools approves an application to form a charter school, the board of trustees , [or] college or university [,] or city or county, as applicable, shall prepare, in collaboration with the Department and, to the extent practicable, the school district in which the proposed charter school will be located and any other sponsor of a charter school located in that school district, an evaluation of the demographic information of pupils, the academic needs of pupils and the needs of any pupils who are at risk of dropping out of school in the geographic areas served by the sponsor.

      [6.]7.  On or before January 31 of each year, the State Public Charter School Authority shall prepare, in collaboration with the Department and, to the extent practicable, the board of trustees of each school district in this State and any other sponsor of a charter school in this State, an evaluation of the demographic information of pupils, the academic needs of pupils and the needs of any pupils who are at risk of dropping out of school in this State.

      Sec. 33. NRS 388A.229 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.229  1.  The sponsor of a charter school shall ensure the collection, analysis and reporting of all data from the results of pupils enrolled in the charter school on statewide examinations to determine whether the charter school is meeting the performance indicators, measures and metrics for the achievement and proficiency of pupils as set forth in the performance framework for the charter school in a manner that complies with all applicable federal and state laws.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2182 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      2.  The sponsor of the charter school may aggregate data reported by the State and collected by the sponsor concerning pupil achievement and school performance at separate facilities operated by the same governing body or charter management organization and across all grades served by the charter school for the purpose of evaluating and reporting pupil achievement and school performance. Such an aggregation of data may include, without limitation, a weighted average of data concerning pupil achievement and school performance of each elementary school, junior high school, middle school or high school program operated by the charter school. The sponsor may also disaggregate such data by facility and by grade level or group of grade levels to provide greater transparency and accountability. The sponsor may also adopt policies for determining pupil achievement and school performance at a charter school. Any data reported pursuant to this subsection must be reported in a manner that complies with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      3.  The State Board may adopt regulations to place requirements on the manner in which data is reported by the board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that sponsors a charter school including, without limitation, the manner in which data must be aggregated or disaggregated in any report.

      4.  The State Public Charter School Authority may adopt regulations establishing requirements concerning the manner in which it reports data, including, without limitation, the manner in which data must be aggregated or disaggregated in any report.

      Sec. 34. NRS 388A.249 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.249  1.  A committee to form a charter school or charter management organization may submit the application to the proposed sponsor of the charter school. If an application proposes to convert an existing public school, homeschool or other program of home study into a charter school, the proposed sponsor shall deny the application.

      2.  The proposed sponsor of a charter school shall, in reviewing an application to form a charter school:

      (a) Assemble a team of reviewers, which may include, without limitation, natural persons from different geographic areas of the United States who possess the appropriate knowledge and expertise with regard to the academic, financial and organizational experience of charter schools, to review and evaluate the application;

      (b) Conduct a thorough evaluation of the application, which includes an in-person interview with the applicant designed to elicit any necessary clarifications or additional information about the proposed charter school and determine the ability of the applicants to establish a high-quality charter school;

      (c) Consider the degree to which the proposed charter school will address the needs identified in the evaluation prepared by the proposed sponsor pursuant to subsection [5 or] 6 or 7 of NRS 388A.220, as applicable;

      (d) If the proposed sponsor is not the board of trustees of a school district, solicit input from the board of trustees of the school district in which the proposed charter school will be located;

      (e) Base its determination on documented evidence collected through the process of reviewing the application;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2183 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (f) Adhere to the policies and practices developed by the proposed sponsor pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 388A.223; and

      (g) Consider the academic, financial and organizational performance of any charter schools that currently hold a contract with the proposed operators, including, without limitation, a charter management organization or educational management organization, of the proposed charter school.

      3.  The proposed sponsor of a charter school may approve an application to form a charter school only if the proposed sponsor determines that:

      (a) The application:

             (1) Complies with this chapter and the regulations applicable to charter schools; and

             (2) Is complete in accordance with the regulations of the Department and the policies and practices of the sponsor;

      (b) The applicant has demonstrated competence in accordance with the criteria for approval prescribed by the sponsor pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 388A.223 that will likely result in a successful opening and operation of the charter school;

      (c) Based on the most recent evaluation prepared by the proposed sponsor pursuant to subsection [5 or] 6 or 7 of NRS 388A.220, as applicable, the proposed charter school will address one or more of the needs identified in the evaluation; and

      (d) It has received sufficient input from the public, including, without limitation, input received at the meeting held pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388A.252 or subsection 1 of NRS 388A.255, as applicable.

      4.  The identity of each member of the team of reviewers assembled by a proposed sponsor of a charter school is confidential for 5 years after the review of an application to form a charter school is complete and must not be disclosed unless ordered by a district court in an action brought pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 388A.255.

      5.  On or before January 1 of each odd-numbered year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit a written report to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature. The report must include:

      (a) A list of each application to form a charter school that was submitted to the board of trustees of a school district, the State Public Charter School Authority, a college or a university or a city or county during the immediately preceding biennium;

      (b) The educational focus of each charter school for which an application was submitted;

      (c) The current status of the application; and

      (d) If the application was denied, the reasons for the denial.

      Sec. 35. NRS 388A.252 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.252  1.  If the board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or a university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [, as applicable,] or a city or county receives an application to form a charter school, the board of trustees , [or] the institution [,] or the city or county, as applicable, shall consider the application at a meeting that must be held not later than 60 days after the receipt of the application, or a later period mutually agreed upon by the committee to form the charter school and the board of trustees of the school district , [or] the institution [,] or the city or county, as applicable, and ensure that notice of the meeting has been provided pursuant to chapter 241 of NRS. The board of trustees, the college or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, shall review an application in accordance with the requirements for review set forth in subsections 2 and 3 of NRS 388A.249.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2184 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, shall review an application in accordance with the requirements for review set forth in subsections 2 and 3 of NRS 388A.249.

      2.  The board of trustees, the college or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, may approve an application if the requirements of subsection 3 of NRS 388A.249 are satisfied.

      3.  The board of trustees, the college or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, shall provide written notice to the applicant of its approval or denial of the application. If the board of trustees, the college or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, denies an application, it shall include in the written notice the reasons for the denial and the deficiencies. The applicant must be granted 30 days after receipt of the written notice to correct any deficiencies identified in the written notice and resubmit the application.

      4.  If the board of trustees, the college or [the] university [,] or the city or county, as applicable, denies an application after it has been resubmitted pursuant to subsection 3, the applicant may submit a written request for sponsorship by the State Public Charter School Authority not more than 30 days after receipt of the written notice of denial. Any request that is submitted pursuant to this subsection must be accompanied by the application to form the charter school.

      Sec. 36. NRS 388A.258 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.258  Notwithstanding the provisions of NRS 388A.249, 388A.252 and 388A.255, the State Public Charter School Authority may adopt regulations establishing timelines and procedures by which the State Public Charter School Authority will review applications and the board of trustees of a school district , [that is approved to sponsor charter schools or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or city or county that is approved to sponsor charter schools may adopt policies establishing timelines and procedures by which the board of trustees , [or] college or university [,] or city or county, as applicable, will review applications. These regulations or policies may:

      1.  Establish different timelines and review procedures for different types of applicants; and

      2.  Authorize or require an applicant to submit an abbreviated application, the contents of such an application and criteria that the State Public Charter School Authority will use to determine whether to invite the applicant to submit a full application that meets the requirements of NRS 388A.243 and 388A.246 or deny the abbreviated application and recommend that the applicant make substantial revisions and submit the application during another application cycle.

      Sec. 37. NRS 388A.270 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.270  1.  If the proposed sponsor of a charter school approves an application to form a charter school, it shall negotiate, develop and execute a charter contract with the governing body of the charter school. A charter contract must be executed not later than 60 days before the charter school commences operation. The charter contract must be in writing and incorporate, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2185 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (a) The performance framework for the charter school;

      (b) A description of the administrative relationship between the sponsor of the charter school and the governing body of the charter school, including, without limitation, the rights and duties of the sponsor and the governing body; and

      (c) Any pre-opening conditions which the sponsor has determined are necessary for the charter school to satisfy before the commencement of operation to ensure that the charter school meets all building, health, safety, insurance and other legal requirements.

      2.  The charter contract must be signed by a member of the governing body of the charter school and:

      (a) If the board of trustees of a school district is the sponsor of the charter school, the superintendent of schools of the school district;

      (b) If the State Public Charter School Authority is the sponsor of the charter school, the Chair of the State Public Charter School Authority; [or]

      (c) If a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education is the sponsor of the charter school, the president of the college or university [.] ; or

      (d) If a city or county is the sponsor of the charter school, the mayor of the city or the chair of the board of county commissioners, as applicable.

      3.  Before the charter contract is executed, the sponsor of the charter school must approve the charter contract at a meeting of the sponsor held in accordance with chapter 241 of NRS.

      4.  The sponsor of the charter school shall, not later than 10 days after the execution of the charter contract, provide to the Department:

      (a) Written notice of the charter contract and the date of execution; and

      (b) A copy of the charter contract and any other documentation relevant to the charter contract.

      5.  If the board of trustees approves the application, the board of trustees shall be deemed the sponsor of the charter school.

      6.  If the State Public Charter School Authority approves the application:

      (a) The State Public Charter School Authority shall be deemed the sponsor of the charter school.

      (b) Neither the State of Nevada, the State Board, the State Public Charter School Authority nor the Department is an employer of the members of the governing body of the charter school or any of the employees of the charter school.

      7.  If a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education approves the application:

      (a) That institution shall be deemed the sponsor of the charter school.

      (b) Neither the State of Nevada, the State Board nor the Department is an employer of the members of the governing body of the charter school or any of the employees of the charter school.

      8.  If a city or county approves the application:

      (a) The city or county shall be deemed the sponsor of the charter school.

      (b) Neither the State of Nevada, the State Board nor the Department is an employer of the members of the governing body of the charter school or any of the employees of the charter school.

      9.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 388A.285, a charter contract must be for a term of 6 years. The term of the charter contract begins on the first day of operation of the charter school after the charter contract has been executed.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2186 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

first day of operation of the charter school after the charter contract has been executed. The sponsor of the charter school may require, or the governing body of the charter school may request that the sponsor authorize, the charter school to delay commencement of operation for 1 school year.

      Sec. 38. NRS 388A.279 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.279  1.  The State Public Charter School Authority, the board of trustees of the school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, as applicable, which sponsors a charter school may hold a public hearing concerning any request to amend a charter contract of the charter school it sponsors, including, without limitation, a request to amend a charter contract for the purpose of:

      (a) Expanding the charter school to offer instruction in grade levels for which the charter school does not already offer instruction.

      (b) Increasing the total enrollment of a charter school or the enrollment of pupils in a particular grade level in the charter school for a school year to more than 120 percent of the enrollment prescribed in the charter contract for that school year.

      (c) Reducing the total enrollment of a charter school or the enrollment of pupils in a particular grade level in the charter school for a school year to less than 80 percent of the enrollment prescribed in the charter contract for that school year.

      (d) Seeking to acquire an additional facility in any county of this State to expand the enrollment of the charter school.

      (e) Consolidating the operations of multiple charter schools pursuant to NRS 388A.282.

      2.  A charter contract may not be amended in any manner described in subsection 1 unless the amendment is approved by the State Public Charter School Authority, the board of trustees of the school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, as applicable.

      3.  The State Public Charter School Authority, the board of trustees of the school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, as applicable, must deny a request to amend a charter contract in the manner described in paragraph (d) or (e) of subsection 1 if the State Public Charter School Authority, the board of trustees , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or a city or county, as applicable, determines that:

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6 of NRS 388A.274, the charter school is not meeting the requirements of the performance framework concerning academics, finances or organization established pursuant to NRS 388A.273; or

      (b) The governing body does not have a comprehensive and feasible plan to operate additional facilities.

      Sec. 39. NRS 388A.378 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.378  1.  The governing body of a charter school may contract with the board of trustees of the school district in which the charter school is located or in which a pupil enrolled in the charter school resides , [or] with the Nevada System of Higher Education or with a city or county for the provision of facilities to operate the charter school or to perform any service relating to the operation of the charter school, including, without limitation, transportation, the provision of health services for the pupils who are enrolled in the charter school and the provision of school police officers. If the board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county is the sponsor of the charter school, the governing body and the sponsor must enter into a service agreement pursuant to NRS 388A.381 before the provision of such services other than for the provision of school police officers when the provisions of NRS 388A.384 apply.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2187 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

the board of trustees of a school district , [or] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county is the sponsor of the charter school, the governing body and the sponsor must enter into a service agreement pursuant to NRS 388A.381 before the provision of such services other than for the provision of school police officers when the provisions of NRS 388A.384 apply. If the board of trustees of a school district provides services to a charter school pursuant to this section or NRS 388A.474, it shall not charge more than its cost for providing such services determined on a cost per pupil basis.

      2.  A charter school may use any public facility located within the school district in which the charter school is located. A charter school may use school buildings owned by the school district only upon approval of the board of trustees of the school district.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district may donate surplus personal property of the school district to a charter school that is located within the school district.

      4.  A charter school may:

      (a) Acquire by construction, purchase, devise, gift, exchange or lease, or any combination of those methods, and construct, reconstruct, improve, maintain, equip and furnish any building, structure or property to be used for any of its educational purposes and the related appurtenances, easements, rights-of-way, improvements, paving, utilities, landscaping, parking facilities and lands;

      (b) Mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber all or any part of its property or assets;

      (c) Borrow money and otherwise incur indebtedness; and

      (d) Use public money to purchase real property or buildings with the approval of the sponsor.

      Sec. 40. NRS 388A.487 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388A.487  1.  The governing body of a charter school that operates as an elementary school shall adopt rules for the provision of intervention services and intensive instruction to and the academic retention of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school that are consistent with NRS 392.750, 392.760 and 392.765 [.] and section 71 of this act. The rules must:

      (a) Prescribe the programs and instruction which will be provided to a pupil who has been identified as deficient in the subject area of reading in accordance with the plan established pursuant to NRS 388.157.

      (b) Require the school to provide to a pupil who has been identified as deficient in the subject area of reading with intervention services and intensive instruction in accordance with the plan established pursuant to NRS 388.157.

      (c) Require a pupil enrolled in grade 3 to be retained in the same grade, rather than promoted to grade 4, when required pursuant to section 71 of this act.

      2.  On or before October 15 of each year, the governing body of each charter school that operates as an elementary school shall:

      (a) Prepare a report concerning the number and percentage of pupils at the charter school who : [were:]

             (1) [Designated] Were designated in grade 3 to be provided intervention services and intensive instruction while enrolled in an elementary school of a charter school pursuant to NRS 392.760 for a deficiency in the subject area of reading, including whether or not any such pupils were previously provided intervention services and intensive instruction while enrolled in an elementary school of a charter school; [and]

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2188 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

pupils were previously provided intervention services and intensive instruction while enrolled in an elementary school of a charter school; [and]

             (2) Received educational programs or services identified pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 392.750 at each grade level and whose proficiency in the subject area of reading:

                   (I) Did not improve at a rate prescribed by the governing body of a charter school, indicating a need for more intensive or different interventions; or

                   (II) Improved at a rate prescribed by the governing body of a charter school, indicating growth toward performing at a level determined by a statewide assessment to be within the level established by the State Board for pupils enrolled in the same grade in which the pupils are enrolled; [and]

             (3) Were retained in grade 3 pursuant to section 71 of this act, including whether or not any such pupils were previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1 or 2; and

             (4) Were not retained in grade 3 because a good-cause exemption was approved pursuant to section 72 of this act but who were previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1 or 2 for a total of 2 years;

      (b) Submit a copy of the report to the Department, the Legislature and the sponsor of the charter school; and

      (c) Post the report on the Internet website maintained by the charter school and otherwise make the report available to the parents and legal guardians of pupils enrolled in the charter school and the general public.

      Secs. 41-49. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 50. NRS 388G.130 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388G.130  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, the empowerment team of a public school, other than a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or by a city or county, that develops an empowerment plan pursuant to NRS 388G.120 shall submit the proposed empowerment plan to the designee of the board of trustees appointed pursuant to this subsection for review and approval pursuant to this section. The board of trustees shall designate a person to review each proposed empowerment plan and recommend the approval or denial of the plan to the board of trustees.

      2.  The board of trustees shall approve or deny the empowerment plan. The approval or denial of an empowerment plan must be based solely upon the contents of the plan and may not consider the amount of money required to carry out the empowerment plan if the plan is within the limits of the total apportionment to the school pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 388G.120.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, if the board of trustees approves an empowerment plan, the president of the board of trustees, the principal of the public school and the chair of the empowerment team, if the principal is not the chair, shall each sign the plan. The empowerment plan is effective for 3 years unless the empowerment team determines that the school will no longer operate under the plan or the board of trustees of the school district revokes the plan.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, if the board of trustees denies an empowerment plan, the board of trustees shall:

      (a) Return the plan to the empowerment team with a written statement indicating the reason for the denial; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2189 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (b) Provide the empowerment team with a reasonable opportunity to correct any deficiencies identified in the written statement and resubmit it for approval. An empowerment plan may be resubmitted not more than once in a school year.

      5.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, an empowerment plan for a public school is not effective and a public school shall not operate as an empowerment school unless the plan is signed by the president of the board of trustees of the school district, the principal of the public school and the chair of the empowerment team, if the principal is not the chair. If an empowerment plan includes a request for a waiver from a statute contained in this title or a regulation of the State Board or the Department, a public school may operate under the approved plan but the requested waivers from state law are not effective unless approved by the State Board pursuant to subsection 7.

      6.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, the empowerment team may submit a written request to the board of trustees for an amendment to the empowerment plan approved pursuant to this section, including an explanation of the reason for the amendment. An amendment must be approved in the same manner as the empowerment plan was approved.

      7.  If the empowerment plan includes a request for a waiver from a statute or regulation, the board of trustees shall forward the approved empowerment plan to the State Board for review of the request for a waiver. The State Board shall review the empowerment plan and may approve or deny the request for a waiver from a statute or regulation unless the statute or regulation is required by federal law or is required to carry out federal law.

      8.  If the State Board approves the request for a waiver for a school, the Department shall provide written notice of the approval to the board of trustees of the school district that submitted the empowerment plan on behalf of the school.

      9.  If the State Board denies a request for a waiver, the State Board shall:

      (a) Return the request to the school district with a written statement indicating the reason for the denial; and

      (b) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 10, provide the empowerment team with a reasonable opportunity to correct any deficiencies identified in the written statement and resubmit it for approval. A request for a waiver may be resubmitted by the school district, after the empowerment team corrects any deficiencies, not more than once in a school year.

      10.  If an empowerment team has not been established pursuant to the exception provided in subsection 2 of NRS 388G.100, the principal of the school shall carry out the responsibilities and duties assigned to the empowerment team pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 51. NRS 388G.140 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388G.140  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, the empowerment team of a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or by a city or county which develops an empowerment plan pursuant to NRS 388G.120 shall submit the proposed plan to the Department for transmission to the State Board for review and approval pursuant to this section.

      2.  The State Board shall review each proposed empowerment plan and approve or deny the plan, including a request for a waiver from a statute contained in this title or a regulation of the State Board or the Department, if applicable.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2190 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

contained in this title or a regulation of the State Board or the Department, if applicable. The approval or denial of an empowerment plan must be based solely upon the contents of the plan and may not consider the amount of money required to carry out the empowerment plan if the plan is within the limits of the total apportionment to the charter school pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 388G.120.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, if the State Board approves an empowerment plan, the President of the State Board, the principal of the charter school and the chair of the empowerment team, if the principal is not the chair, shall each sign the plan. The empowerment plan is effective for 3 years unless the empowerment team determines that the school will no longer operate under the plan or the State Board revokes the plan.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, if the State Board denies an empowerment plan, the State Board shall:

      (a) Return the plan to the empowerment team with a written statement indicating the reason for the denial; and

      (b) Provide the empowerment team with a reasonable opportunity to correct any deficiencies identified in the written statement and resubmit it for approval. An empowerment plan may be resubmitted not more than once in a school year.

      5.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, an empowerment plan for a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or by a city or county is not effective and a charter school shall not operate as an empowerment school unless the plan is signed by the President of the State Board, the principal of the charter school and the chair of the empowerment team, if the principal is not the chair.

      6.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, the empowerment team may submit a written request to the Department for an amendment to the empowerment plan approved pursuant to this section, including an explanation of the reason for the amendment. An amendment must be approved in the same manner as the empowerment plan was approved.

      7.  If an empowerment team has not been established pursuant to the exception provided in subsection 2 of NRS 388G.100, the principal of the school shall carry out the responsibilities and duties assigned to the empowerment team pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 52. NRS 388G.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388G.200  1.  Each empowerment school, other than a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [,] or by a city or county, shall, on a quarterly basis, submit to the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located a report that includes:

      (a) The financial status of the school; and

      (b) A description of the school’s compliance with each component of the empowerment plan for the school.

      2.  Each charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or by a city or county which is approved to operate as an empowerment school shall, on a quarterly basis, submit to the Department a report that includes:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2191 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (a) The financial status of the school; and

      (b) A description of the school’s compliance with each component of the empowerment plan for the school.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district shall conduct a financial audit of each empowerment school within the school district, other than a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education [.] or by a city or county. Each financial audit must be conducted on an annual basis and more frequently if determined necessary by the board of trustees.

      4.  The Department shall conduct a financial audit of each charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , [or] by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or by a city or county which operates as an empowerment school on an annual basis and more frequently if determined necessary by the Department.

      5.  On or before July 1 of each year, the board of trustees of each school district shall compile the reports and audits required pursuant to subsections 1 and 3, if any, and forward the compilation to the:

      (a) Governor;

      (b) Department; and

      (c) Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education.

      6.  On or before July 1 of each year, the Department shall compile the reports and audits required pursuant to subsections 2 and 4, if any, and forward the compilation to the:

      (a) Governor; and

      (b) Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education.

      Secs. 53 and 54. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 55. Chapter 391A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 56 to 66, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 56. On or before November 1 of each year, the State Board shall:

      1.  Review all Teach Nevada Scholarships awarded for the immediately preceding academic year;

      2.  Compile a report for the immediately preceding academic year which must include, without limitation:

      (a) The number of students who applied for a Teach Nevada Scholarship;

      (b) The number of scholarship recipients;

      (c) The total cost of all Teach Nevada Scholarships;

      (d) The graduation rate of scholarship recipients;

      (e) The percentage of students who:

             (1) Were scholarship recipients in the academic year that immediately precedes the year which is the subject of the report;

             (2) Did not graduate by the end of the academic year that immediately precedes the year which is the subject of the report; and

             (3) Received a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship, as defined in section 60 of this act, for the academic year which is the subject of the report;

      (f) The percentage of scholarship recipients who graduated and became employed as a teacher at a public school in this State; and

      (g) The number of scholarship recipients who subsequently fulfilled the requirements of subsection 4 of NRS 391A.585; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2192 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      3.  Submit the report compiled pursuant to subsection 2 to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for distribution to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      Sec. 57.  As used in sections 57 to 66, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in sections 58 to 61, inclusive, of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 58. “Account” means the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program Account created by section 62 of this act.

      Sec. 59. “Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship” means a scholarship awarded by a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to a student pursuant to section 64 of this act.

      Sec. 60. “Other provider of an alternative licensure program” means an entity, other than a university or college, which has been approved by the Commission on Professional Standards in Education in accordance with the regulations adopted pursuant to NRS 391.019 to provide education and training to a student which will lead to an alternative route to licensure for the student.

      Sec. 61. “Scholarship recipient” means the recipient of a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship awarded pursuant to section 64 of this act.

      Sec. 62. 1.  The Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program Account is hereby created in the State General Fund. The Account must be administered by the State Board.

      2.  The interest and income earned on:

      (a) The money in the Account, after deducting any applicable charge; and

      (b) Unexpended appropriations made to the Account from the State General Fund,

Κ must be credited to the Account.

      3.  Any money remaining in the Account at the end of a fiscal year, including, without limitation, any unexpended appropriations made to the Account from the State General Fund, does not revert to the State General Fund, and the balance in the Account must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

      4.  The State Board may accept gifts and grants of money from any source for deposit in the Account.

      5.  The money in the Account may only be used to:

      (a) Award grants to universities, colleges and other providers of an alternative licensure program that are approved to award Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarships pursuant to section 64 of this act.

      (b) Disburse the money retained pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of section 63 of this act to a scholarship recipient who meets the requirements of subsection 4 of section 64 of this act.

      Sec. 63. 1.  A public or private university or college or other provider of an alternative licensure program in this State is eligible to apply to the State Board for a grant from the Account to award scholarships to students who attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to complete a program offered by the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that has been approved by the State Board and which results in a master’s degree in education or a related field of study.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2193 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

program that has been approved by the State Board and which results in a master’s degree in education or a related field of study.

      2.  The State Board shall:

      (a) Establish the number of Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarships that will be available each year based upon the amount of money available in the Account.

      (b) Review all applications submitted pursuant to subsection 1 and award a grant of money from the Account to an approved university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to the extent that money is available in an amount determined by the State Board. The State Board shall retain 25 percent of such an award in the Account for disbursement to a scholarship recipient who meets the requirements of subsection 4 of section 64 of this act.

      3.  The State Board:

      (a) Shall prioritize the award of grants from the Account to a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that demonstrates the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program will provide scholarships to a greater number of recipients who:

             (1) Have successfully completed a teacher preparatory program at a public school established pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 388.380;

             (2) Received the Teach Nevada Scholarship, as defined in NRS 391A.570, and successfully fulfilled the requirements of subsection 4 of NRS 391A.585; or

             (3) Are veterans or the spouses of veterans.

      (b) May prioritize the award of grants from the Account to a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that demonstrates the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program will provide scholarships to a greater number of recipients who:

             (1) Agree to complete the requirements to obtain an endorsement to teach English as a second language or an endorsement to teach special education;

             (2) Intend to teach in public schools in this State which have the highest shortage of teachers;

             (3) Have been economically disadvantaged or belong to a racial or ethnic minority group; or

             (4) Will be eligible to teach in a subject area for which there is a shortage of teachers. Such a subject area may include, without limitation, science, technology, engineering, mathematics, special education or English as a second language.

      4.  A student may apply for a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship from a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that receives a grant from the Account only if:

      (a) The student attends or has been accepted to attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to complete a program described in subsection 1; and

      (b) The student has taught in a public school in this State for not less than 2 of the immediately preceding 5 years.

      5.  An application submitted by the student must identify the program to be completed and the date by which the student must complete the program to finish on schedule.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2194 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      6.  The State Board may adopt any regulations necessary to carry out the provisions of sections 57 to 66, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 64. 1.  Each university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that is awarded a grant of money from the Account pursuant to section 63 of this act shall use the money to award Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarships to students who will attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program with the intent to complete a program described in subsection 1 of section 63 of this act. Such students may include, without limitation, students who have completed a bachelor’s degree and taught in a public school in this State for at least 2 years.

      2.  A university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program may award a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship to a scholarship recipient in an amount:

      (a) Not to exceed the cost of receiving a master’s degree at a public university in this State prorated over the number of semesters required for the student to complete the program; and

      (b) Equal to the difference between the amount of tuition, registration fees and other mandatory fees charged to the student for the program described in subsection 1 of section 63 of this act, excluding any amount of the tuition and fees that is waived by the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program, and the total amount of any other gift aid received by the student.

      3.  A university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that awards a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship shall, at the beginning of each semester disburse to the scholarship recipient 75 percent of the scholarship money awarded to the scholarship recipient for the semester.

      4.  A scholarship recipient may only receive the 25 percent of the scholarship money that is retained by the State Board pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of section 63 of this act if the scholarship recipient:

      (a) Completes the program for which he or she was awarded the scholarship;

      (b) Maintains employment as a teacher at a public school in this State for 3 consecutive school years immediately following completion of the program unless the State Board waives this requirement for good cause shown; and

      (c) Meets any other requirements established by the State Board.

      5.  To receive the 25 percent of the scholarship money retained by the State Board pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of section 63 of this act, a scholarship recipient who meets the requirements set forth in subsection 4 must request the State Board to disburse the money within 1 year after the 2-year anniversary of the date on which the scholarship recipient meets the requirements of subsection 4.

      6.  As used in this section, “gift aid” means any grant or scholarship awarded to a student which is restricted for use only to pay for tuition, registration fees or other mandatory fees.

      Sec. 65. 1.  If a scholarship recipient does not complete the program for which the scholarship was awarded for any reason, including, without limitation, withdrawing from the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program or pursuing another course of study, the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that awarded the scholarship must pay to the State Board for credit to the Account:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2195 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that awarded the scholarship must pay to the State Board for credit to the Account:

      (a) Any amount of money that the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program has received but has not yet disbursed to the scholarship recipient pursuant to section 64 of this act; and

      (b) An amount of money equal to the total amount of money disbursed to the scholarship recipient pursuant to section 64 of this act or $1,000, whichever is less.

      2.  If a scholarship recipient completes the program for which the scholarship was awarded on schedule, as described in the application for the scholarship submitted pursuant to section 63 of this act, to the extent that money is available for this purpose, the State Board shall pay $1,000 to the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that awarded the scholarship. Any money received by a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program pursuant to this section must be used to pay costs associated with providing a program described in subsection 1 of section 63 of this act.

      Sec. 66. On or before November 1 of each year, the State Board shall:

      1.  Review all Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarships awarded for the immediately preceding academic year;

      2.  Compile a report for the immediately preceding academic year which must include, without limitation:

      (a) The number of students who applied for a Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship;

      (b) The number of scholarship recipients;

      (c) The total cost of all Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarships;

      (d) The graduation rate of scholarship recipients;

      (e) The percentage of students who:

             (1) Received a Teach Nevada Scholarship, as defined in NRS 391A.570, in the academic year that immediately precedes the year which is the subject of the report;

             (2) Did not graduate by the end of the academic year that immediately precedes the year which is the subject of the report; and

             (3) Were scholarship recipients for the academic year which is the subject of the report;

      (f) The percentage of scholarship recipients who graduated and became employed as teachers at a public school in this State; and

      (g) The number of scholarship recipients who subsequently fulfilled the requirements of subsection 4 of section 64 of this act; and

      3.  Submit the report compiled pursuant to subsection 2 to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for distribution to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      Sec. 67. NRS 391A.550 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391A.550  As used in NRS 391A.550 to 391A.590, inclusive, and section 56 of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NRS 391A.555 to 391A.570, inclusive, have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 68. NRS 391A.580 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391A.580  1.  A public or private university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program in this State is eligible to apply to the State Board for a grant from the Account to award scholarships to students who attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to complete a program offered by the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that has been approved by the State Board and which:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2196 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

State Board for a grant from the Account to award scholarships to students who attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to complete a program offered by the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that has been approved by the State Board and which:

      (a) Upon completion makes a student eligible to obtain a license to teach kindergarten, any grade from grades 1 through 12 or in the subject area of special education in this State; or

      (b) Allows a student to specialize in the subject area of early childhood education.

      2.  The State Board shall:

      (a) Establish the number of Teach Nevada Scholarships that will be available each year based upon the amount of money available in the Account.

      (b) Review all applications submitted pursuant to subsection 1 and award a grant of money from the Account to an approved university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to the extent that money is available in an amount determined by the State Board. The State Board shall retain 25 percent of such an award in the Account for disbursement to a scholarship recipient who meets the requirements of subsection 4 of NRS 391A.585.

      3.  The State Board [may] :

      (a) Shall prioritize the award of grants from the Account to a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program will provide scholarships to a greater number of recipients who:

             (1) Have successfully completed a teacher preparatory program at a public school established pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 388.380; or

             (2) Are veterans or the spouses of veterans.

      (b) May prioritize the award of grants from the Account to a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that demonstrates the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program will provide scholarships to a greater number of recipients who:

      [(a) Are veterans or the spouses of veterans;]

             (1) Agree to complete the requirements to obtain an endorsement to teach English as a second language or an endorsement to teach special education;

      [(b)](2) Intend to teach in public schools in this State which have the highest shortage of teachers;

      [(c)](3) Have been economically disadvantaged or belong to a racial or ethnic minority group; or

      [(d)](4) Will be eligible to teach in a subject area for which there is a shortage of teachers. Such a subject area may include, without limitation, science, technology, engineering, mathematics, special education or English as a second language.

      4.  A student may apply for a Teach Nevada Scholarship from a university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that receives a grant from the Account only if:

      (a) The student attends or has been accepted to attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program to complete a program described in subsection 1; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2197 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (b) The student [agrees to complete the requirements to obtain an endorsement to teach English as a second language or an endorsement to teach special education.] obtained a high school diploma awarded by a public or private high school located in this State or public high school that is located in a county that borders this State and accepts pupils who are residents of this State or successfully completed the high school equivalency assessment selected by the State Board pursuant to NRS 390.055 before 20 years of age.

      5.  An application submitted by the student must identify the program to be completed and the date by which the student must complete the program to finish on schedule.

      6.  The State Board may adopt any regulations necessary to carry out the provisions of NRS 391A.550 to 391A.590, inclusive [.] , and section 56 of this act.

      Sec. 69. NRS 391A.585 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391A.585  1.  Each university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that is awarded a grant of money from the Account pursuant to NRS 391A.580 shall use the money to award Teach Nevada Scholarships to students who will attend the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program with the intent to complete a program described in subsection 1 of NRS 391A.580. Such students may include, without limitation:

      (a) Recent high school graduates who enroll in a program described in subsection 1 of NRS 391A.580;

      (b) Students who are enrolled at a university or college who change their academic program or major to a program described in subsection 1 of NRS 391A.580;

      (c) Students who have completed some credits at a university or college and who enroll in a program described in subsection 1 of NRS 391A.580;

      (d) Students who possess a bachelor’s degree in a field other than education who pursue an alternative route to licensure as a teacher;

      (e) Veterans and the spouses of veterans; and

      (f) Students who have had some experience working in a classroom, including, without limitation, as a paraprofessional or substitute teacher.

      2.  A university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program may award a Teach Nevada Scholarship to a scholarship recipient in an amount [not] :

      (a) Not to exceed [$3,000 per semester or $24,000 in the aggregate.] the cost of receiving a bachelor’s degree at a public university in this State prorated over the number of semesters required for the student to complete the program; and

      (b) Equal to the difference between the amount of tuition, registration fees and other mandatory fees charged to the student for the program described in subsection 1 of NRS 391A.580, excluding any amount of the tuition and fees that is waived by the university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program, and the total amount of any other gift aid received by the student.

      3.  A university, college or other provider of an alternative licensure program that awards a Teach Nevada Scholarship shall, at the beginning of each semester disburse to the scholarship recipient 75 percent of the scholarship money awarded to the scholarship recipient for the semester.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2198 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      4.  A scholarship recipient may only receive the 25 percent of the scholarship money that is retained by the State Board pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 391A.580 if the scholarship recipient:

      (a) Completes the program for which he or she was awarded the scholarship;

      (b) Maintains employment as a teacher at a public school in this State for 5 consecutive school years immediately following completion of the program unless the State Board waives this requirement for good cause shown; and

      (c) Meets any other requirements established by the State Board.

      5.  To receive the 25 percent of the scholarship money retained by the State Board pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 391A.580, a scholarship recipient who meets the requirements set forth in subsection 4 must request the State Board to disburse the money within 1 year after the 5-year anniversary of the date on which the scholarship recipient meets the requirements of subsection 4.

      6.  As used in this section, “gift aid” means any grant or scholarship awarded to a student which is restricted for use only to pay for tuition, registration fees or other mandatory fees.

      Sec. 70. Chapter 392 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 70.5, 71 and 72 of this act.

      Sec. 70.5. As used in NRS 392.750 to 392.775, inclusive, and sections 70.5, 71 and 72 of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, “subject area of reading” includes, without limitation, phonological and phonemic awareness, decoding skills, reading fluency and vocabulary and reading comprehension.

      Sec. 71. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, a pupil enrolled in grade 3 must be retained in grade 3, rather than promoted to grade 4, if the pupil does not obtain a score in the subject area of reading on the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 5 that meets the passing score prescribed by the State Board.

      2.  If a pupil will be retained in grade 3 pursuant to this section, the principal of the school must provide written notice to the parent or legal guardian of the pupil that the pupil will be retained in grade 3.

      3.  The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of a charter school, as applicable, shall develop a policy by which the principal of a school may promote a pupil who is retained in grade 3 pursuant to this section to grade 4 at any time during the school year if the pupil demonstrates adequate proficiency in the subject area of reading. The policy must include the specific criteria a pupil must satisfy to be eligible for promotion, including, without limitation, a reasonable expectation that the pupil’s progress will allow him or her to sufficiently master the requirements for a fourth-grade reading level. If a pupil is promoted after November 1 of a school year, he or she must demonstrate proficiency in reading at a level prescribed by the State Board.

      4.  If a principal of a school determines that a pupil is not academically ready for promotion to grade 4 after being retained in grade 3 and the pupil received intensive instructional services pursuant to NRS 392.760, the school district in which the pupil is enrolled must allow the parent or legal guardian of the pupil to decide, in consultation with the principal of the school, whether to place the pupil in a transitional setting which is designed to produce learning gains sufficient for the pupil to meet the performance standards required for grade 4, while continuing to receive remediation in the subject area of reading.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2199 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

the performance standards required for grade 4, while continuing to receive remediation in the subject area of reading.

      5.  The State Board shall prescribe by regulation:

      (a) A uniform examination for administration in kindergarten and grades 1, 2 and 3 to measure the proficiency of pupils in the subject area of reading;

      (b) The score which a pupil enrolled in grade 3 must obtain in the subject area of reading on the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) to be promoted to grade 4 without a good-cause exemption; and

      (c) An alternative examination for administration to pupils enrolled in grade 3 who do not obtain the passing score in the subject area of reading on the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) and the passing score such a pupil must obtain on the alternative examination to be promoted to grade 4 without the approval for a good-cause exemption pursuant to section 72 of this act.

      Sec. 72. 1.  The superintendent of schools of a school district or the governing body of a charter school, as applicable, may authorize the promotion of a pupil to grade 4 who would otherwise be retained in grade 3 only if the superintendent or governing body, as applicable, approves a good-cause exemption for the pupil upon a determination by the principal of the school pursuant to subsection 3 that the pupil is eligible for such an exemption.

      2.  A good-cause exemption must be approved for a pupil who previously was retained in grade 3. Any other pupil is eligible for a good-cause exemption if the pupil:

      (a) Demonstrates an acceptable level of proficiency in reading on an alternative standardized reading assessment approved by the State Board;

      (b) Demonstrates, through a portfolio of the pupil’s work, proficiency in reading at grade level, as evidenced by demonstration of mastery of the academic standards in reading beyond grade 3;

      (c) Is an English learner and has received not less than 2 years of instruction in a program of instruction that teaches English as a second language;

      (d) Received intensive remediation in the subject area of reading for 2 or more years but still demonstrates a deficiency in reading and was previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1 or 2 for a total of 2 years;

      (e) Is a pupil with a disability and his or her individualized education program indicates that the pupil’s participation in the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act is not appropriate; or

      (f) Is a pupil with a disability and:

             (1) He or she participates in the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act;

             (2) His or her individualized education program or plan developed in accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794, documents that the pupil has received intensive remediation in reading for more than 2 years, but he or she still demonstrates a deficiency in reading; and

             (3) He or she was previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1, 2 or 3.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2200 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      3.  The principal of a school in which a pupil who may be retained in grade 3 pursuant to subsection 1 is enrolled shall consider the factors set forth in subsection 2 and determine whether the pupil is eligible for a good-cause exemption. In making the determination, the principal must consider documentation provided by the pupil’s teacher indicating whether the promotion of the pupil is appropriate based upon the record of the pupil. Such documentation must only consist of the existing plan for monitoring the progress of the pupil, the pupil’s individualized education program, if applicable, and the pupil’s plan developed in accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794, if applicable. If the principal determines that promotion of the pupil to grade 4 is appropriate, the principal must submit a written recommendation to the superintendent of schools of the school district or to the governing body of the charter school, as applicable. The superintendent of schools or the governing body of the charter school, as applicable, shall approve or deny the recommendation of the principal and provide written notice to the principal of the approval or denial.

      4.  A principal who determines that a pupil is eligible for a good-cause exemption pursuant to subsection 3 shall notify the parent or legal guardian of the pupil if the superintendent of schools of the school district or the governing body of the charter school, as applicable, has approved the good-cause exemption.

      5.  The principal of a school in which a pupil for whom a good-cause exemption is approved pursuant to subsection 3 and who is promoted to grade 4 must ensure that the pupil continues to be provided intervention services and intensive instruction in the subject area of reading pursuant to NRS 392.760.

      6.  As used in this section, “individualized education program” has the meaning ascribed to it in 20 U.S.C. § 1414(d)(I)(A).

      Sec. 73. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 74. NRS 392.125 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.125  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4 [,] and section 71 of this act, before any pupil enrolled in a public school may be retained in the same grade rather than promoted to the next higher grade for the succeeding school year, the pupil’s teacher and principal must make a reasonable effort to arrange a meeting and to meet with the pupil’s parents or guardian to discuss the reasons and circumstances.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in [NRS 392.760,] section 71 of this act, the teacher and the principal in joint agreement have the final authority to retain a pupil in the same grade for the succeeding school year.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2 of NRS 392.033 for the promotion of a pupil to high school [,] and in section 71 of this act, no pupil may be retained more than one time in the same grade.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 388A.487, this section does not apply to the academic retention of pupils who are enrolled in a charter school.

      Sec. 75. NRS 392.128 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.128  1.  Each advisory board to review school attendance created pursuant to NRS 392.126 shall:

      (a) Review the records of the attendance and truancy of pupils submitted to the advisory board to review school attendance by the board of trustees of the school district , [or] the State Public Charter School Authority or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.240;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2201 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education or a city or county that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385A.240;

      (b) Identify factors that contribute to the truancy of pupils in the school district;

      (c) Establish programs to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district, including, without limitation, the coordination of services available in the community to assist with the intervention, diversion and discipline of pupils who are truant;

      (d) At least annually, evaluate the effectiveness of those programs;

      (e) Establish a procedure for schools and school districts for the reporting of the status of pupils as habitual truants; and

      (f) Inform the parents and legal guardians of the pupils who are enrolled in the schools within the district of the policies and procedures adopted pursuant to the provisions of this section.

      2.  The chair of an advisory board may divide the advisory board into subcommittees. The advisory board may delegate one or more of the duties of the advisory board to a subcommittee of the advisory board, including, without limitation, holding hearings pursuant to NRS 392.147. If the chair of an advisory board divides the advisory board into subcommittees, the chair shall notify the board of trustees of the school district of this action. Upon receipt of such a notice, the board of trustees shall establish rules and procedures for each such subcommittee. A subcommittee shall abide by the applicable rules and procedures when it takes action or makes decisions.

      3.  An advisory board to review school attendance may work with a family resource center or other provider of community services to provide assistance to pupils who are truant. The advisory board shall identify areas within the school district in which community services are not available to assist pupils who are truant. As used in this subsection, “family resource center” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 430A.040.

      4.  An advisory board to review school attendance created in a county pursuant to NRS 392.126 may use money appropriated by the Legislature and any other money made available to the advisory board for the use of programs to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district. The advisory board to review school attendance shall, on a quarterly basis, provide to the board of trustees of the school district an accounting of the money used by the advisory board to review school attendance to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district.

      Sec. 76. NRS 392.750 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.750  If a pupil enrolled at a public elementary school in kindergarten or grade 1, 2 or 3 or who newly enrolls in a public elementary school exhibits a deficiency in the subject area of reading based upon state or local assessments and the observations of the pupil’s teacher, the principal of the school must provide written notice of the deficiency to the parent or legal guardian of the pupil within 30 days after the date on which the deficiency is discovered. The written notice must, without limitation:

      1.  Identify the educational programs and services that the pupil will receive to improve the pupil’s proficiency in the subject area of reading, including, without limitation, the programs and services included in the plan to improve the literacy of pupils enrolled in elementary school that has been approved by the Department pursuant to NRS 388.157;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2202 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      2.  Explain that if the pupil does not achieve adequate proficiency in the subject area of reading before the completion of grade 3, the pupil will be retained in grade 3, rather than promoted to grade 4, unless the pupil receives a good-cause exemption pursuant to section 72 of this act, and the school will provide the pupil with intervention services and intensive instruction each year that the pupil is enrolled in the elementary school, unless it is determined that such services and instruction are no longer necessary;

      3.  Describe, explain and, if appropriate, demonstrate the strategies which the parent or legal guardian may use at home to help improve the proficiency of the pupil in the subject area of reading;

      4.  Explain that the [criterion-referenced] uniform examination in [only] the subject area of reading administered pursuant to [NRS 390.105] paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act is not the only factor used to determine whether the pupil will be [provided intervention services and intensive instruction while the pupil is enrolled in an elementary school;] retained in grade 3 and that other options are available for the pupil to demonstrate proficiency if the pupil is eligible for a good-cause exemption pursuant to section 72 of this act;

      5.  Describe the policy and specific criteria adopted by the board of trustees of the school district or governing body of a charter school, as applicable, pursuant to NRS 392.765 regarding [the] :

      (a) The provision of intervention services and intensive instruction to a pupil enrolled in an elementary school; and

      (b) The promotion of a pupil to grade 4 at any time during the school year if the pupil is retained in grade 3 pursuant to section 71 of this act;

      6.  Include information regarding the English literacy development of a pupil who is an English learner;

      7.  Describe, explain and, if appropriate, demonstrate the strategies which the parent or legal guardian may use at home to help improve the English literacy of a pupil who is an English learner;

      8.  To the extent practicable, be provided in a language that the parent or legal guardian can understand;

      9.  Explain that a plan to monitor the growth of the pupil in the subject area of reading will regularly assess the pupil and the elementary school will provide notice to the parent or legal guardian the status of the growth of the pupil; and

      10.  Explain that services and the programs provided to the pupil will be adjusted to improve the deficiency in the subject area of reading.

      Sec. 77. NRS 392.760 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.760  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, an elementary school must provide to a pupil enrolled in the school intervention services and intensive instruction if the pupil does not obtain a score in [only] the subject area of reading on the [criterion-referenced] uniform examination administered pursuant to [NRS 390.105] paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act that meets the passing score prescribed by the State Board. The school must provide such services and instruction to a pupil, regardless of whether the pupil is retained in grade 3 pursuant to section 71 of this act or is not retained in grade 3 because a good-cause exemption was approved pursuant to section 72 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2203 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      2.  The principal of a school, in consultation with the literacy specialist designated pursuant to NRS 388.159 and any teacher or other person with knowledge and expertise related to providing intervention services and intensive instruction to the pupil [:

      (a) Shall] shall ensure that the pupil continues to be provided intervention services and intensive instruction in the subject area of reading for as long as it is determined to be necessary while the pupil is enrolled at the elementary school. Such instruction must include, without limitation, strategies based upon evidence-based research that will improve proficiency in the subject area of reading.

      [(b) May retain the pupil in grade 3 rather than promote the pupil to grade 4 when authorized pursuant to NRS 392.125.]

      3.  Each literacy specialist designated pursuant to NRS 388.159 and any teacher or other person with knowledge and expertise relating to providing intervention services and intensive instruction to a pupil in the subject area of reading shall, in addition to any other duties or responsibilities assigned to him or her, provide intervention services and intensive instruction directly to pupils who do not obtain a score in the subject area of reading on the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act that meets the passing score prescribed by the State Board.

      4.  Each public school shall offer a pupil who is enrolled in grade 2 or grade 3 in the school and does not obtain a score in the subject area of reading on the uniform examination administered pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of section 71 of this act that meets the passing score prescribed by the State Board the opportunity to enroll in summer school at the public school.

      Sec. 78. NRS 392.775 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.775  On or before October 15 of each year, the board of trustees of each school district shall:

      1.  Prepare a report concerning the number and percentage of pupils at each public elementary school within the school district who:

      (a) Were designated in grade 3 to be provided intervention services and intensive instruction while enrolled in an elementary school pursuant to NRS 392.760 for a deficiency in the subject area of reading, including whether or not any such pupils were previously provided intervention services and intensive instruction; [and]

      (b) Received educational programs or services identified pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 392.750 at each grade level and whose proficiency in the subject area of reading:

             (1) Did not improve at a rate prescribed by the board of trustees of the school district, indicating a need for more intensive or different interventions; and

             (2) Improved at a rate prescribed by the board of trustees of the school district, indicating progress toward performing at a level determined by a statewide assessment to be within the level established by the State Board for pupils enrolled in the same grade in which the pupils are enrolled [.] ;

      (c) Were retained in grade 3 pursuant to section 71 of this act for a deficiency in the subject area of reading, including whether or not any such pupils were previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1 or 2; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2204 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

      (d) Were not retained in grade 3 because a good-cause exemption was approved pursuant to section 72 of this act but who were previously retained in kindergarten or grade 1 or 2 for a total of 2 years.

      2.  Submit a copy of the report to the Department [,] and the Legislature . [and sponsor of the charter school.]

      3.  Post the report on the Internet website maintained by the school district and otherwise make the report available to the parents and legal guardians of pupils enrolled in the school district and the general public.

      Secs. 79-92. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 93.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Department of Education the sum of $1,000,000 for the cost of supporting the operations of the Commission on School Funding and the completion of reports pursuant to NRS 387.12468, as amended by section 24 of this act.

      2.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2025, by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 19, 2025, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 19, 2025.

      Sec. 93.3.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the State Public Charter School Authority for awards of money to charter schools for the transportation of pupils pursuant to section 28.5 of this act the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2023-2024................................................. $7,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2024-2025................................................. $7,000,000

      2.  Any balance of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively.

      Sec. 93.5.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Early Childhood Literacy and Readiness Account created by section 12 of this act the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2023-2024............................................... $70,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2024-2025............................................... $70,000,000

      2.  Any balance of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2205 (CHAPTER 387, AB 400)κ

 

entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively.

      Sec. 93.7.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Nevada Teacher Advancement Scholarship Program Account created by section 62 of this act the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2023-2024................................................. $2,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2024-2025................................................. $2,000,000

      2.  Any balance of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 20, 2024, and September 19, 2025, respectively.

      Sec. 94. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 95.  The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.

      Sec. 96. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 97.  1.  This section and sections 95 and 96 of this act become effective upon passage and approval.

      2.  Sections 1 to 5, inclusive, 7, 8, 10 to 24, inclusive, 26 to 39, inclusive, 41 to 70, inclusive, 73, 75 and 79 to 94, inclusive, of this act become effective:

      (a) Upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting any regulations and performing any other preparatory administrative tasks that are necessary to carry out the provisions of this act; and

      (b) On July 1, 2023, for all other purposes.

      3.  Sections 5.5, 6, 9, 25, 40, 70.5, 71, 72, 74, 76, 77 and 78 of this act become effective:

      (a) Upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting any regulations and performing any other preparatory administrative tasks that are necessary to carry out the provisions of this act; and

      (b) On July 1, 2028, for all other purposes.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2206κ

 

CHAPTER 388, AB 155

Assembly Bill No. 155–Assemblymen Peters; Brown-May, Dickman, Gonzαlez, Hafen, Kasama, Nguyen, Orentlicher, Thomas and Watts

 

CHAPTER 388

 

[Approved: June 12, 2023]

 

AN ACT relating to health care; requiring policies of health insurance to include coverage of biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer in certain circumstances; establishing certain conditions relating to such required coverage; providing for a study of the cost-effectiveness of biomarker testing; making an appropriation and authorizing certain expenditures; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law requires public and private policies of insurance regulated under Nevada law to include certain coverage. (NRS 287.010, 287.04335, 422.2717-422.27248, 689A.04033-689A.0465, 689B.0303-689B.0379, 689C.1655-689C.169, 689C.194-689C.195, 689C.425, 695A.184-695A.1875, 695B.1901-695B.1949, 695C.050, 695C.1691-695C.176, 695G.162-695G.177) Sections 13-15, 17, 19, 20, 22-25 and 27 of this bill require certain public and private health plans, including Medicaid and health plans for state and local government employees, to provide coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Sections 13-15, 17, 19, 20, 22-25 and 27 require such health plans to: (1) provide the required coverage in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens; and (2) establish a process for requesting an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer or appealing a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing. Sections 13-17, 19, 20, 22-25 and 27 additionally require such health plans to respond to any request for preauthorization for such biomarker testing within: (1) 24 hours for urgent requests; or (2) 72 hours for all other requests. Sections 13-17, 19, 20, 22-25 and 27 clarify that an insurer is not required to cover biomarker testing for screening purposes or in certain circumstances. Sections 11, 18 and 21 of this bill make conforming changes to indicate the proper placement of sections 15, 17 and 20, respectively, in the Nevada Revised Statutes. Section 26 of this bill authorizes the Commissioner of Insurance to suspend or revoke the certificate of a health maintenance organization that fails to comply with the requirements of section 24 of this bill. The Commissioner would also be authorized to take such action against other private health insurers who fail to comply with the requirements of section 17, 19, 20, 22, 23 or 27 of this bill. (NRS 680A.200) Section 28.5 of this bill appropriates and authorizes the expenditure of money for the Division of Health Care Financing and Policy of the Department of Health and Human Services to contract with a qualified person to determine the cost-effectiveness of providing coverage for biomarker testing under Medicaid for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of diseases or conditions other than cancer. Section 29.5 of this bill requires the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services, in coordination with the Department of Health and Human Services, to conduct a study during the 2023-2024 interim concerning the cost-effectiveness of biomarker testing.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2207 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. Chapter 439 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 2 to 10, inclusive, of this act.

      Secs. 2-10.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 11. NRS 232.320 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      232.320  1.  The Director:

      (a) Shall appoint, with the consent of the Governor, administrators of the divisions of the Department, who are respectively designated as follows:

             (1) The Administrator of the Aging and Disability Services Division;

             (2) The Administrator of the Division of Welfare and Supportive Services;

             (3) The Administrator of the Division of Child and Family Services;

             (4) The Administrator of the Division of Health Care Financing and Policy; and

             (5) The Administrator of the Division of Public and Behavioral Health.

      (b) Shall administer, through the divisions of the Department, the provisions of chapters 63, 424, 425, 427A, 432A to 442, inclusive, 446 to 450, inclusive, 458A and 656A of NRS, NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive, 422.001 to 422.410, inclusive, and section 15 of this act, 422.580, 432.010 to 432.133, inclusive, 432B.6201 to 432B.626, inclusive, 444.002 to 444.430, inclusive, and 445A.010 to 445A.055, inclusive, and all other provisions of law relating to the functions of the divisions of the Department, but is not responsible for the clinical activities of the Division of Public and Behavioral Health or the professional line activities of the other divisions.

      (c) Shall administer any state program for persons with developmental disabilities established pursuant to the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000, 42 U.S.C. §§ 15001 et seq.

      (d) Shall, after considering advice from agencies of local governments and nonprofit organizations which provide social services, adopt a master plan for the provision of human services in this State. The Director shall revise the plan biennially and deliver a copy of the plan to the Governor and the Legislature at the beginning of each regular session. The plan must:

             (1) Identify and assess the plans and programs of the Department for the provision of human services, and any duplication of those services by federal, state and local agencies;

             (2) Set forth priorities for the provision of those services;

             (3) Provide for communication and the coordination of those services among nonprofit organizations, agencies of local government, the State and the Federal Government;

             (4) Identify the sources of funding for services provided by the Department and the allocation of that funding;

             (5) Set forth sufficient information to assist the Department in providing those services and in the planning and budgeting for the future provision of those services; and

             (6) Contain any other information necessary for the Department to communicate effectively with the Federal Government concerning demographic trends, formulas for the distribution of federal money and any need for the modification of programs administered by the Department.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2208 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

demographic trends, formulas for the distribution of federal money and any need for the modification of programs administered by the Department.

      (e) May, by regulation, require nonprofit organizations and state and local governmental agencies to provide information regarding the programs of those organizations and agencies, excluding detailed information relating to their budgets and payrolls, which the Director deems necessary for the performance of the duties imposed upon him or her pursuant to this section.

      (f) Has such other powers and duties as are provided by law.

      2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Director, or the Director’s designee, is responsible for appointing and removing subordinate officers and employees of the Department.

      Sec. 12. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 13. NRS 287.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      287.010  1.  The governing body of any county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada may:

      (a) Adopt and carry into effect a system of group life, accident or health insurance, or any combination thereof, for the benefit of its officers and employees, and the dependents of officers and employees who elect to accept the insurance and who, where necessary, have authorized the governing body to make deductions from their compensation for the payment of premiums on the insurance.

      (b) Purchase group policies of life, accident or health insurance, or any combination thereof, for the benefit of such officers and employees, and the dependents of such officers and employees, as have authorized the purchase, from insurance companies authorized to transact the business of such insurance in the State of Nevada, and, where necessary, deduct from the compensation of officers and employees the premiums upon insurance and pay the deductions upon the premiums.

      (c) Provide group life, accident or health coverage through a self-insurance reserve fund and, where necessary, deduct contributions to the maintenance of the fund from the compensation of officers and employees and pay the deductions into the fund. The money accumulated for this purpose through deductions from the compensation of officers and employees and contributions of the governing body must be maintained as an internal service fund as defined by NRS 354.543. The money must be deposited in a state or national bank or credit union authorized to transact business in the State of Nevada. Any independent administrator of a fund created under this section is subject to the licensing requirements of chapter 683A of NRS, and must be a resident of this State. Any contract with an independent administrator must be approved by the Commissioner of Insurance as to the reasonableness of administrative charges in relation to contributions collected and benefits provided. The provisions of NRS 686A.135, 687B.352, 687B.408, 687B.723, 687B.725, 689B.030 to 689B.050, inclusive, and section 19 of this act, 689B.265, 689B.287 and 689B.500 apply to coverage provided pursuant to this paragraph, except that the provisions of NRS 689B.0378, 689B.03785 and 689B.500 only apply to coverage for active officers and employees of the governing body, or the dependents of such officers and employees.

      (d) Defray part or all of the cost of maintenance of a self-insurance fund or of the premiums upon insurance. The money for contributions must be budgeted for in accordance with the laws governing the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2209 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada.

      2.  If a school district offers group insurance to its officers and employees pursuant to this section, members of the board of trustees of the school district must not be excluded from participating in the group insurance. If the amount of the deductions from compensation required to pay for the group insurance exceeds the compensation to which a trustee is entitled, the difference must be paid by the trustee.

      3.  In any county in which a legal services organization exists, the governing body of the county, or of any school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada in the county, may enter into a contract with the legal services organization pursuant to which the officers and employees of the legal services organization, and the dependents of those officers and employees, are eligible for any life, accident or health insurance provided pursuant to this section to the officers and employees, and the dependents of the officers and employees, of the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency.

      4.  If a contract is entered into pursuant to subsection 3, the officers and employees of the legal services organization:

      (a) Shall be deemed, solely for the purposes of this section, to be officers and employees of the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency with which the legal services organization has contracted; and

      (b) Must be required by the contract to pay the premiums or contributions for all insurance which they elect to accept or of which they authorize the purchase.

      5.  A contract that is entered into pursuant to subsection 3:

      (a) Must be submitted to the Commissioner of Insurance for approval not less than 30 days before the date on which the contract is to become effective.

      (b) Does not become effective unless approved by the Commissioner.

      (c) Shall be deemed to be approved if not disapproved by the Commissioner within 30 days after its submission.

      6.  As used in this section, “legal services organization” means an organization that operates a program for legal aid and receives money pursuant to NRS 19.031.

      Sec. 14. NRS 287.04335 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      287.04335  If the Board provides health insurance through a plan of self-insurance, it shall comply with the provisions of NRS 686A.135, 687B.352, 687B.409, 687B.723, 687B.725, 689B.0353, 689B.255, 695C.1723, 695G.150, 695G.155, 695G.160, 695G.162, 695G.1635, 695G.164, 695G.1645, 695G.1665, 695G.167, 695G.1675, 695G.170 to 695G.174, inclusive, and section 27 of this act, 695G.176, 695G.177, 695G.200 to 695G.230, inclusive, 695G.241 to 695G.310, inclusive, and 695G.405, in the same manner as an insurer that is licensed pursuant to title 57 of NRS is required to comply with those provisions.

      Sec. 15. Chapter 422 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, the Director shall include in the State Plan for Medicaid a requirement that the State pay the nonfederal share of expenditures incurred for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2210 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

pay the nonfederal share of expenditures incurred for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  The Director shall:

      (a) Ensure that the coverage required by subsection 1 is provided in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Include in the State Plan for Medicaid a clear and readily accessible process for a recipient of Medicaid or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the Department.

      3.  If the State Plan for Medicaid requires a recipient of Medicaid to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the State Plan must require a response to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require the State Plan for Medicaid to include coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience; or

      (c) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2211 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 16. NRS 687B.225 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      687B.225  1.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 689A.0405, 689A.0412, 689A.0413, 689A.044, 689A.0445, 689B.031, 689B.0313, 689B.0315, 689B.0317, 689B.0374, 689C.1675, 695A.1856, 695B.1912, 695B.1913, 695B.1914, 695B.1925, 695B.1942, 695C.1713, 695C.1735, 695C.1737, 695C.1745, 695C.1751, 695G.170, 695G.171, 695G.1714 and 695G.177, any contract for group, blanket or individual health insurance or any contract by a nonprofit hospital, medical or dental service corporation or organization for dental care which provides for payment of a certain part of medical or dental care may require the insured or member to obtain prior authorization for that care from the insurer or organization. The insurer or organization shall:

      (a) File its procedure for obtaining approval of care pursuant to this section for approval by the Commissioner; and

      (b) [Respond] Unless a shorter time period is prescribed by a specific statute, including, without limitation, sections 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24 and 27 of this act, respond to any request for approval by the insured or member pursuant to this section within 20 days after it receives the request.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2212 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

      2.  The procedure for prior authorization may not discriminate among persons licensed to provide the covered care.

      Sec. 17. Chapter 689A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, an insurer that issues a policy of health insurance shall include in the policy coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  An insurer shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the insurer.

      3.  If an insurer requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the insurer shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require an insurer to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the insurer; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A policy of health insurance subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the policy or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2213 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a policy of health insurance offered by an insurer under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the insurer. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 18. NRS 689A.330 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      689A.330  If any policy is issued by a domestic insurer for delivery to a person residing in another state, and if the insurance commissioner or corresponding public officer of that other state has informed the Commissioner that the policy is not subject to approval or disapproval by that officer, the Commissioner may by ruling require that the policy meet the standards set forth in NRS 689A.030 to 689A.320, inclusive [.]

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2214 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

corresponding public officer of that other state has informed the Commissioner that the policy is not subject to approval or disapproval by that officer, the Commissioner may by ruling require that the policy meet the standards set forth in NRS 689A.030 to 689A.320, inclusive [.] , and section 17 of this act.

      Sec. 19. Chapter 689B of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, an insurer that issues a policy of group health insurance shall include in the policy coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  An insurer shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the insurer.

      3.  If an insurer requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the insurer shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require an insurer to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the insurer; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A policy of group health insurance subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the policy or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2215 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

this section, and any provision of the policy or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

            (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a policy of group health insurance offered by an insurer under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the insurer. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2216 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 20. Chapter 689C of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, a carrier that issues a health benefit plan shall include in the plan coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  A carrier shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the carrier.

      3.  If a carrier requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the carrier shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require a carrier to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that is not in the applicable network plan of the carrier; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A health benefit plan subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the plan or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2217 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c)“Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 21. NRS 689C.425 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      689C.425  A voluntary purchasing group and any contract issued to such a group pursuant to NRS 689C.360 to 689C.600, inclusive, are subject to the provisions of NRS 689C.015 to 689C.355, inclusive, and section 20 of this act, to the extent applicable and not in conflict with the express provisions of NRS 687B.408 and 689C.360 to 689C.600, inclusive.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2218 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

      Sec. 22. Chapter 695A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, a society that issues a benefit contract shall include in the contract coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  A society shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the society.

      3.  If a society requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the society shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require a society to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the society; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A benefit contract subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the benefit contract or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2219 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A gene mutation or characteristic; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a benefit contract offered by a society under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the society. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 23. Chapter 695B of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, a hospital or medical service corporation that issues a policy of health insurance shall include in the policy coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2220 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  A hospital or medical service corporation shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the hospital or medical service corporation.

      3.  If a hospital or medical service corporation requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the hospital or medical service corporation shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require a hospital or medical service corporation to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the hospital or medical service corporation; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A policy of health insurance subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the policy or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2221 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a policy of health insurance offered by a hospital or medical service corporation under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the hospital or medical service corporation. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 24. Chapter 695C of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, a health maintenance organization that issues a health care plan shall include in the plan coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2222 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  A health maintenance organization shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an enrollee or provider of health care to:

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the health maintenance organization.

      3.  If a health maintenance organization requires an enrollee to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the health maintenance organization shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require a health maintenance organization to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the health maintenance organization; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A health care plan subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the plan or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2223 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c)“Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a health care plan offered by a health maintenance organization under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the health maintenance organization. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 25. NRS 695C.050 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      695C.050  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or in specific provisions of this title, the provisions of this title are not applicable to any health maintenance organization granted a certificate of authority under this chapter. This provision does not apply to an insurer licensed and regulated pursuant to this title except with respect to its activities as a health maintenance organization authorized and regulated pursuant to this chapter.

      2.  Solicitation of enrollees by a health maintenance organization granted a certificate of authority, or its representatives, must not be construed to violate any provision of law relating to solicitation or advertising by practitioners of a healing art.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2224 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

construed to violate any provision of law relating to solicitation or advertising by practitioners of a healing art.

      3.  Any health maintenance organization authorized under this chapter shall not be deemed to be practicing medicine and is exempt from the provisions of chapter 630 of NRS.

      4.  The provisions of NRS 695C.110, 695C.125, 695C.1691, 695C.1693, 695C.170, 695C.1703, 695C.1705, 695C.1709 to 695C.173, inclusive, 695C.1733, 695C.17335, 695C.1734, 695C.1751, 695C.1755, 695C.1759, 695C.176 to 695C.200, inclusive, and 695C.265 do not apply to a health maintenance organization that provides health care services through managed care to recipients of Medicaid under the State Plan for Medicaid or insurance pursuant to the Children’s Health Insurance Program pursuant to a contract with the Division of Health Care Financing and Policy of the Department of Health and Human Services. This subsection does not exempt a health maintenance organization from any provision of this chapter for services provided pursuant to any other contract.

      5.  The provisions of NRS 695C.1694 to 695C.1698, inclusive, 695C.1701, 695C.1708, 695C.1728, 695C.1731, 695C.17333, 695C.17345, 695C.17347, 695C.1735, 695C.1737, 695C.1743, 695C.1745 and 695C.1757 and section 24 of this act apply to a health maintenance organization that provides health care services through managed care to recipients of Medicaid under the State Plan for Medicaid.

      Sec. 26. NRS 695C.330 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      695C.330  1.  The Commissioner may suspend or revoke any certificate of authority issued to a health maintenance organization pursuant to the provisions of this chapter if the Commissioner finds that any of the following conditions exist:

      (a) The health maintenance organization is operating significantly in contravention of its basic organizational document, its health care plan or in a manner contrary to that described in and reasonably inferred from any other information submitted pursuant to NRS 695C.060, 695C.070 and 695C.140, unless any amendments to those submissions have been filed with and approved by the Commissioner;

      (b) The health maintenance organization issues evidence of coverage or uses a schedule of charges for health care services which do not comply with the requirements of NRS 695C.1691 to 695C.200, inclusive, and section 24 of this act or 695C.207;

      (c) The health care plan does not furnish comprehensive health care services as provided for in NRS 695C.060;

      (d) The Commissioner certifies that the health maintenance organization:

             (1) Does not meet the requirements of subsection 1 of NRS 695C.080; or

             (2) Is unable to fulfill its obligations to furnish health care services as required under its health care plan;

      (e) The health maintenance organization is no longer financially responsible and may reasonably be expected to be unable to meet its obligations to enrollees or prospective enrollees;

      (f) The health maintenance organization has failed to put into effect a mechanism affording the enrollees an opportunity to participate in matters relating to the content of programs pursuant to NRS 695C.110;

      (g) The health maintenance organization has failed to put into effect the system required by NRS 695C.260 for:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2225 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (1) Resolving complaints in a manner reasonably to dispose of valid complaints; and

             (2) Conducting external reviews of adverse determinations that comply with the provisions of NRS 695G.241 to 695G.310, inclusive;

      (h) The health maintenance organization or any person on its behalf has advertised or merchandised its services in an untrue, misrepresentative, misleading, deceptive or unfair manner;

      (i) The continued operation of the health maintenance organization would be hazardous to its enrollees or creditors or to the general public;

      (j) The health maintenance organization fails to provide the coverage required by NRS 695C.1691; or

      (k) The health maintenance organization has otherwise failed to comply substantially with the provisions of this chapter.

      2.  A certificate of authority must be suspended or revoked only after compliance with the requirements of NRS 695C.340.

      3.  If the certificate of authority of a health maintenance organization is suspended, the health maintenance organization shall not, during the period of that suspension, enroll any additional groups or new individual contracts, unless those groups or persons were contracted for before the date of suspension.

      4.  If the certificate of authority of a health maintenance organization is revoked, the organization shall proceed, immediately following the effective date of the order of revocation, to wind up its affairs and shall conduct no further business except as may be essential to the orderly conclusion of the affairs of the organization. It shall engage in no further advertising or solicitation of any kind. The Commissioner may, by written order, permit such further operation of the organization as the Commissioner may find to be in the best interest of enrollees to the end that enrollees are afforded the greatest practical opportunity to obtain continuing coverage for health care.

      Sec. 27. Chapter 695G of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  Subject to the limitations prescribed by subsection 4, a managed care organization that issues a health care plan shall include in the plan coverage for medically necessary biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, appropriate management and ongoing monitoring of cancer when such biomarker testing is supported by medical and scientific evidence. Such evidence includes, without limitation:

      (a) The labeled indications for a biomarker test or medication that has been approved or cleared by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

      (b) The indicated tests for a drug that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration or the warnings and precautions included on the label of such a drug;

      (c) A national coverage determination or local coverage determination, as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 400.202; or

      (d) Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines or consensus statements.

      2.  A managed care organization shall:

      (a) Provide the coverage required by subsection 1 in a manner that limits disruptions in care and the need for multiple specimens.

      (b) Establish a clear and readily accessible process for an insured or provider of health care to:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2226 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (1) Request an exception to a policy excluding coverage for biomarker testing for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of cancer; or

             (2) Appeal a denial of coverage for such biomarker testing; and

      (c) Make the process described in paragraph (b) available on an Internet website maintained by the managed care organization.

      3.  If a managed care organization requires an insured to obtain prior authorization for a biomarker test described in subsection 1, the managed care organization shall respond to a request for such prior authorization:

      (a) Within 24 hours after receiving an urgent request; or

      (b) Within 72 hours after receiving any other request.

      4.  The provisions of this section do not require a managed care organization to provide coverage of biomarker testing:

      (a) For screening purposes;

      (b) Conducted by a provider of health care for whom the biomarker testing is not within his or her scope of practice, training and experience;

      (c) Conducted by a provider of health care or a facility that does not participate in the network plan of the managed care organization; or

      (d) That has not been determined to be medically necessary by a provider of health care for whom such a determination is within his or her scope of practice, training and experience.

      5.  A health care plan subject to the provisions of this chapter that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after October 1, 2023, has the legal effect of including the coverage required by this section, and any provision of the plan or renewal which is in conflict with the provisions of this section is void.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      (c) “Consensus statement” means a statement aimed at a specific clinical circumstance that is:

             (1) Made for the purpose of optimizing the outcomes of clinical care;

             (2) Made by an independent, multidisciplinary panel of experts that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest;

             (3) Based on scientific evidence; and

             (4) Made using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure.

      (d) “Medically necessary” means health care services or products that a prudent provider of health care would provide to a patient to prevent, diagnose or treat an illness, injury or disease, or any symptoms thereof, that are necessary and:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2227 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (1) Provided in accordance with generally accepted standards of medical practice;

             (2) Not primarily provided for the convenience of the patient or provider of health care; and

             (3) Significant in guiding and informing the provider of health care in providing the most appropriate course of treatment for the patient in order to prevent, delay or lessen the magnitude of an adverse health outcome.

      (e) “Nationally recognized clinical practice guidelines” means evidence-based guidelines establishing standards of care that include, without limitation, recommendations intended to optimize care of patients and are:

             (1) Informed by a systemic review of evidence and an assessment of the risks and benefits of alternative options for care; and

             (2) Developed using a transparent methodology and reporting procedure by an independent organization or society of medical professionals that has established a policy to avoid conflicts of interest.

      (f) “Network plan” means a health care plan offered by a managed care organization under which the financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the managed care organization. The term does not include an arrangement for the financing of premiums.

      (g) “Provider of health care” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.

      Sec. 28.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 28.5.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Division of Health Care Financing and Policy of the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of $325,000 for the cost of contracting with a qualified person to determine the cost-effectiveness of providing coverage for biomarker testing under Medicaid for the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of diseases or conditions other than cancer.

      2.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2025, by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 19, 2025, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 19, 2025.

      3.  Expenditure of $325,000 not appropriated from the State General Fund or State Highway Fund is hereby authorized during Fiscal Year 2023-2024 and Fiscal Year 2024-2025 by the Division of Health Care Financing and Policy of the Department of Health and Human Services for the same purpose as set forth in subsection 1.

      4.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2228 (CHAPTER 388, AB 155)κ

 

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      Sec. 29.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 29.5.  1.  During the 2023-2024 interim, the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services, in coordination with the Department of Health and Human Services, shall study the cost-effectiveness of biomarker testing, including, without limitation, the cost-effectiveness of biomarker testing:

      (a) For the diagnosis, treatment, management or ongoing monitoring of specific diseases or conditions; and

      (b) To screen for specific diseases or conditions or traits associated with specific diseases or conditions.

      2.  The Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services shall submit a report of the results of the study, including any recommendations for legislation to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the 83rd Session of the Nevada Legislature.

      3.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Biomarker” means a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of a normal biological process, a pathogenic process or a pharmacological response to a specific therapeutic intervention and includes, without limitation:

             (1) An interaction between a gene and a drug that is being used by or considered for use by the patient;

             (2) A mutation or characteristic of a gene; and

             (3) The expression of a protein.

      (b) “Biomarker testing” means the analysis of the tissue, blood or other biospecimen of a patient for the presentation of a biomarker and includes, without limitation, single-analyte tests, multiplex panel tests and whole genome, whole exome and whole transcriptome sequencing.

      Sec. 30.  The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.

      Sec. 31. 1.  This section becomes effective upon passage and approval.

      2.  Sections 1 to 10, inclusive, 12, and 28 to 29.5, inclusive, of this act become effective on July 1, 2023.

      3.  Sections 11, 13 to 27, inclusive, and 30 of this act become effective:

      (a) Upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting any regulations and performing any other preparatory administrative tasks that are necessary to carry out the provisions of this act; and

      (b) On October 1, 2023, for all other purposes.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2229κ

 

CHAPTER 389, AB 444

Assembly Bill No. 444–Assemblywoman Backus

 

CHAPTER 389

 

[Approved: June 12, 2023]

 

AN ACT relating to child welfare; establishing various provisions governing proceedings relating to the custody, adoption or protection of Indian children or the termination of parental rights; requiring the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services to adopt various regulations; requiring an agency which provides child welfare services to provide certain training for its personnel; requiring the Division and the Court Administrator to submit certain reports to the Chairs of the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Judiciary; authorizing the Nevada Supreme Court and the Court Administrator to adopt certain rules; repealing certain unnecessary provisions; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      The federal Indian Child Welfare Act, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq., was enacted in 1978 to protect Indian children from the removal from their homes and families and gives Indian tribes jurisdiction over the Indian children within their tribe. Existing Nevada law recognizes the jurisdiction of Indian tribes in various proceedings relating to the custody, adoption or protection of Indian children or the termination of parental rights. (NRS 3.223, 62D.210, 125A.215, 127.010, 127.018, 128.020, 128.023, 432B.410, 432B.425) This bill establishes various provisions governing proceedings relating to the custody, adoption or protection of Indian children or the termination of parental rights to provide additional protections for Indian children in state law.

      Sections 2-38 of this bill establish provisions concerning proceedings in which the legal or physical custody of an Indian child who is or may be in need of protection is an issue. Section 2 of this bill explains the legislative intent of sections 2-38. Sections 3.5-17 of this bill define terms for the purposes of sections 2-38.

      Section 18 of this bill provides that a person has custody of an Indian child if the person has physical or legal custody of the Indian child under any applicable tribal law, tribal custom or state law.

      Section 20 of this bill requires a court to consider certain factors, in consultation with the Indian child’s tribe, when making a determination regarding the best interests of the Indian child in a child custody proceeding. Section 21 of this bill establishes the order of priority for the domicile of an Indian child.

      Section 22 of this bill requires the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services to: (1) provide assistance with enrolling an Indian child in a tribe with which the child is eligible for enrollment unless the Indian child’s parent objects; and (2) notify the Indian child’s parent of his or her right to object to such assistance from the agency.

      Section 23 of this bill sets forth the manner in which the tribe of an Indian child is determined for purposes of a child custody proceeding involving the Indian child and, if the Indian child is a member of or eligible for membership with more than one tribe, requires the court to designate the tribe with which the Indian child has the more significant contacts by considering certain factors.

      Section 24 of this bill requires a court to: (1) determine, in any child custody proceeding involving an Indian child, the residence and domicile of the Indian child and whether he or she is a ward of a tribal court; and (2) communicate with any tribal courts to the extent necessary to make such determinations.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2230 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      Section 25 of this bill requires agencies which provide child welfare services to make a good faith effort to enter into a tribal-state agreement with any Indian tribe in Nevada and authorizes such agencies to enter into a tribal-state agreement with any Indian tribe outside of Nevada if the tribe has significant numbers of Indian children who reside in Nevada and are members of or eligible for membership with the tribe. Section 25 also establishes provisions concerning the contents of and requirements regarding such tribal-state agreements.

      Section 26 of this bill provides that the jurisdiction of a court in a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child is concurrent with the jurisdiction of the tribe of the Indian child. Section 26 also establishes the circumstances in which the tribe of an Indian child has exclusive jurisdiction in such cases.

      Section 27 of this bill requires, in general, a court to transfer a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child if the parent, Indian custodian or tribe of the Indian child petitions the court to transfer the proceeding to tribal court. Section 27 also establishes various other provisions regarding such a transfer and the denial of such a transfer by the court. Section 28 of this bill sets forth the actions that a court is required to take upon granting a transfer motion under section 27.

      Section 29.5 of this bill establishes requirements for certain persons and the court with regard to determining whether a child is an Indian child in child custody proceedings.

      Section 30 of this bill provides that in a child custody proceeding, if a person is required to determine whether a child is an Indian child, the person is required to make a good faith effort to make such a determination by consulting with certain persons. Section 30 also establishes the circumstances in which a court or person has reason to know that a child is an Indian child and imposes certain requirements on a court concerning the procedure for verifying whether a child is an Indian child.

      Section 31 of this bill requires the person taking a child into protective custody in an emergency proceeding to make a good faith effort to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child and, if there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child, the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services is required, if the nature of the emergency allows, to notify any tribe of which the child is or may be a member and provide certain information, including a statement that the tribe has a right to participate in the proceeding as a party or in an advisory capacity. Section 31 also imposes certain requirements relating to: (1) the provision of notice of a child custody proceeding if there is reason to know that a child alleged to be within the court’s jurisdiction is an Indian child; and (2) the hearing regarding the proceeding.

      Section 32 of this bill provides that if a court finds at a hearing in a child custody proceeding that a child is an Indian child, at least one qualified expert witness must testify regarding certain information. If a qualified witness is required to testify, section 32 requires the petitioner in the proceeding to contact the tribe of the Indian child and request that the tribe identify one or more persons who can testify as a qualified witness. Additionally, section 32 authorizes a court to hear supplemental testimony from certain professionals.

      Section 33 of this bill provides that if a child in a child custody proceeding is an Indian child and active efforts, which are efforts that are affirmative, active, thorough, timely and intended to maintain or reunite an Indian child with the Indian child’s family, are required, the court is required to determine whether active efforts have been made to prevent the breakup of or to reunite the family. Section 33 establishes requirements relating to active efforts.

      Section 34 of this bill authorizes a tribe that is a party to a child custody proceeding to be represented by any person, regardless of whether the person is licensed to practice law. Section 34 also authorizes an attorney who is not barred from practicing law in Nevada to appear in any proceeding involving an Indian child without associating with local counsel if the attorney establishes to the satisfaction of the State Bar of Nevada that certain requirements are met.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2231 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      Section 35 of this bill provides that in a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child, the court is required to appoint counsel to represent the Indian child and, in certain circumstances, also appoint counsel to represent the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian. Section 35 also authorizes an attorney who is appointed to represent an Indian child to inspect certain records of the Indian child without the consent of the Indian child or his or her parent or Indian custodian.

      Section 36 of this bill authorizes each party in a child custody proceeding in which the child is an Indian child to timely examine all reports and documents held by an agency which provides child welfare services that are not otherwise subject to a discovery exception or precluded under state or federal law.

      Section 37 of this bill establishes requirements concerning the: (1) least restrictive setting in which an Indian child must be placed if the parental rights of the Indian child’s parents have not been terminated and the Indian child is in need of placement or continuation in substitute care; and (2) placement of an Indian child if the parental rights of the Indian child’s parents have been terminated and the Indian child is in need of an adoptive placement. Section 37 also authorizes the alternative placement of an Indian child in certain circumstances.

      Section 38 of this bill authorizes certain persons to file a petition to vacate an order or a judgment involving an Indian child regarding jurisdiction, placement, guardianship or the termination of parental rights in a pending child custody proceeding under sections 2-38 or, if no proceeding is pending, in any court with jurisdiction over the matter. Section 38 requires the court to vacate an order or judgment regarding jurisdiction, placement, guardianship or the termination of parental rights if certain provisions of sections 2-38 have been violated and the court determines that vacating the order or judgment is proper.

      Sections 42-50 of this bill establish provisions specifically relating to the adoption of Indian children. Section 42 of this bill provides that a petition for adoption of a child must include certain contents concerning whether there is reason to know that the child who is the subject of the petition is an Indian child and requires a petitioner who has reason to know that the child is an Indian child to serve copies of the petition on certain persons and file with the court a declaration of compliance concerning such notice. Section 43 of this bill: (1) requires written consent to the adoption of an Indian child to be given by the Indian child’s parents unless their parental rights have been terminated; (2) establishes requirements concerning such consent; and (3) authorizes the withdrawal of such consent.

      Section 45 of this bill establishes provisions concerning the entry of a judgment for the adoption of a child, including certain requirements relating to the adoption of an Indian child. Section 46 of this bill authorizes the filing of a petition to vacate a judgment of adoption of an Indian child and requires the court to vacate the judgment if the petition is timely filed and the court finds by clear and convincing evidence that the consent of a parent to the adoption was obtained through fraud or duress. Section 47 of this bill requires a court to provide notice to certain persons and the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services if a judgment of adoption of an Indian child is vacated and, unless the return of custody of the Indian child to a former parent or prior Indian custodian or the restoration of parental rights is not in the best interests of the child, return custody of the Indian child to the former parent or prior Indian custodian or restore parental rights.

      Section 48 of this bill requires that access to the adoption records of an Indian child be given to the Indian child’s tribe or the United States Secretary of the Interior not later than 14 days after the request for such records.

      Section 49 of this bill requires the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services to file with the court in a proceeding for the adoption of a minor child a written compliance report that reflects the agency’s review of the petition for adoption and advises the court on whether the petitioner submitted complete and sufficient documentation relating to the petitioner’s compliance with the inquiry and notice requirements and placement preferences. Section 49 requires the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services (hereinafter “Division”) to adopt regulations providing a nonexhaustive description of the documentation that may be submitted to the court as evidence of such compliance and any other regulations for the preparation of such compliance reports that are necessary for agencies which provide child welfare services to carry out their duties.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2232 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

and any other regulations for the preparation of such compliance reports that are necessary for agencies which provide child welfare services to carry out their duties. Section 49 also authorizes the Court Administrator to prepare and make available to the public certain forms and information to assist petitioners and to design and offer trainings to courts having jurisdiction over adoption matters.

      Section 50 of this bill establishes provisions governing tribal customary adoption, which is the adoption of an Indian child by and through the tribal custom, traditions or law of the child’s tribe without the termination of parental rights. Section 50 requires the Division to adopt certain regulations concerning tribal customary adoption and authorizes: (1) the Supreme Court to adopt rules necessary for the court processes to implement the provisions relating to tribal customary adoption; and (2) the Court Administrator to prepare necessary forms for the implementation of the provisions relating to tribal customary adoption. Section 73 of this bill requires the Division to submit a report to the Chairs of the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Judiciary describing the implementation of tribal customary adoption as an alternative permanency option for wards who are Indian children and the Division’s recommendation for proposed legislation to improve the tribal customary adoption process.

      Section 65 of this bill requires the Division to adopt regulations necessary for the implementation of sections 2-38 and 42-50.

      Section 67 of this bill requires an agency which provides child welfare services to provide training for its personnel regarding the requirements of sections 2-38 and 42-50.

      Sections 40, 51-62 and 64-70 of this bill make conforming changes to provisions of existing law to reflect the changes made in sections 2-38. Section 78 of this bill repeals certain provisions of existing law that are no longer necessary because of the provisions of sections 2-38.

      Section 72 of this bill requires the Division and the Court Administrator to submit biennial reports to the Chairs of the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Judiciary containing certain data relating to Indian children in dependency proceedings. Section 76 of this bill authorizes the Court Administrator to adopt any rules necessary to implement sections 2-38 and 42-50.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

      Whereas, Current research shows that family, culture and community promote resiliency and health development in Indian children; and

      Whereas, Congress, working with tribal nations, tribal leadership and advocates for Indian children, passed the Indian Child Welfare Act, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq., in 1978 to stop the removal of Indian children from their homes, families and communities; and

      Whereas, At the time Congress passed the Indian Child Welfare Act, Indian children were being removed by public and private agencies at rates as high as 25 percent to 35 percent; and

      Whereas, Indian children continue to be removed from their homes at rates higher than other non-Indian children; and

      Whereas, Despite requirements under the Indian Child Welfare Act, application of the Indian Child Welfare Act in Nevada courts is inconsistent; and

      Whereas, Clearly addressing in state law the coordination between and respective roles of the state and tribes regarding the provision of child welfare services to Indian children will provide uniform and consistent direction to state courts, tribes and practitioners to prevent unlawful removals of Indian children from their families and promote the stable placement of Indian children in loving, permanent homes that are connected to family and culture; now, therefore,

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2233 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. Title 11 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new chapter to consist of the provisions set forth as sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 2. 1.  The Legislature hereby finds that the United States Congress recognizes the special legal status of Indian tribes and their members. It is the policy of this State to protect the health and safety of Indian children and the stability and security of Indian tribes and families by promoting practices designed to prevent the removal of Indian children from their families and, if removal is necessary and lawful, to prioritize the placement of an Indian child with the Indian child’s extended family and tribal community.

      2.  This State recognizes the inherent jurisdiction of Indian tribes to make decisions regarding the custody of Indian children and also recognizes the importance of ensuring that Indian children and Indian families receive appropriate services to obviate the need to remove an Indian child from the Indian child’s home and, if removal is necessary and lawful, to effect the child’s safe return home.

      3.  Sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act create additional safeguards for Indian children to address disproportionate rates of removal, to improve the treatment of and services provided to Indian children and Indian families in the child welfare system and to ensure that Indian children who must be removed are placed with Indian families, communities and cultures.

      Sec. 3. As used in sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act, the words and terms defined in sections 3.5 to 17, inclusive, of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 3.5. “Agency” means an agency which provides child welfare services, as defined in NRS 432B.030.

      Sec. 4. “Child custody proceeding” means a matter arising under chapter 432B of NRS in which the legal custody or physical custody of a child is an issue. The term does not include an emergency proceeding.

      Sec. 5. “Division” means the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services.

      Sec. 6. “Emergency proceeding” means any court action that involves the emergency removal or emergency placement of an Indian child, with or without a protective custody order.

      Sec. 7. “Extended family member” has the meaning given that term by the law or custom of an Indian child’s tribe or, if that meaning cannot be determined, means a person who has attained 18 years of age and who is the Indian child’s grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother, sister, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, niece, nephew, first cousin, second cousin, stepparent or another person determined by the Indian child’s tribe, clan or band member.

      Sec. 8. “Indian” means a person who is a member of an Indian tribe or who is an Alaska Native and a member of a regional corporation as defined in section 7 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, 43 U.S.C. § 1606.

      Sec. 9. “Indian child” means any unmarried person who has not attained 18 years of age and is:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2234 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      1.  A member or citizen of an Indian tribe; or

      2.  Eligible for membership or citizenship in an Indian tribe and is the biological child of a member of an Indian tribe.

      Sec. 10. “Indian custodian” means an Indian, other than the Indian child’s parent, who has custody, as described in subsection 1 of section 18 of this act, of the Indian child, or to whom temporary physical care, custody and control has been transferred by the Indian child’s parent.

      Sec. 11. “Indian tribe” or “tribe” means any Indian tribe, band, nation or other organized group or community of Indians federally recognized as eligible for the services provided to Indians by the United States Secretary of the Interior because of their status as Indians, including any Alaska Native village as defined in 43 U.S.C. § 1602(c).

      Sec. 12. “Juvenile court” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 62A.180.

      Sec. 13. “Member” or “membership” means a determination by an Indian tribe that a person is a member or citizen in that Indian tribe.

      Sec. 14. “Parent” means:

      1.  A biological parent of an Indian child;

      2.  An Indian who has lawfully adopted an Indian child, including adoptions made under tribal law or custom; or

      3.  A person who has established a parent and child relationship with an Indian child pursuant to the laws of this State.

      Sec. 15. “Party” means a party to a proceeding.

      Sec. 16. “Reservation” means Indian country as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 1151 and any lands not covered under that section, the title to which is held by the United States in trust for the benefit of an Indian tribe or person or held by an Indian tribe or person subject to a restriction by the United States against alienation.

      Sec. 17. “Tribal court” means a court with jurisdiction over child custody proceedings involving an Indian child that is either a Court of Indian Offenses, a court established and operated under the code or custom of an Indian tribe or any other administrative body of a tribe that is vested with authority over child custody proceedings involving an Indian child.

      Sec. 17.5.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 18. 1.  A person has custody of an Indian child under sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act if the person has physical custody or legal custody of the Indian child under any applicable tribal law, tribal custom or state law.

      2.  An Indian child’s parent has continued custody of the Indian child if the parent currently has, or previously had, custody of the Indian child.

      Sec. 19.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 20. In a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child, when making a determination regarding the best interests of the child in accordance with sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act, chapter 432B of NRS, the Indian Child Welfare Act, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq., or any applicable regulations or rules regarding sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act, chapter 432B of NRS or the Indian Child Welfare Act, the court shall, in consultation with the Indian child’s tribe, consider the following:

      1.  The protection of the safety, well-being, development and stability of the Indian child;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2235 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      2.  The prevention of unnecessary out-of-home placement of the Indian child;

      3.  The prioritization of placement of the Indian child in accordance with the placement preferences under section 37 of this act;

      4.  The value to the Indian child of establishing, developing or maintaining a political, cultural, social and spiritual relationship with the Indian child’s tribe and tribal community; and

      5.  The importance to the Indian child of the Indian tribe’s ability to maintain the tribe’s existence and integrity in promotion of the stability and security of Indian children and families.

      Sec. 21. For purposes of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act:

      1.  A person’s domicile is the place the person regards as home, where the person intends to remain or to which, if absent, the person intends to return.

      2.  An Indian child’s domicile is, in order of priority, the domicile of:

      (a) The Indian child’s parents or, if the Indian child’s parents do not have the same domicile, the Indian child’s parent who has physical custody of the Indian child;

      (b) The Indian child’s Indian custodian; or

      (c) The Indian child’s guardian.

      Sec. 22. 1.  Unless an Indian child’s parent objects, the appropriate agency shall provide assistance with enrolling an Indian child within the jurisdiction of the court in a tribe with which the child is eligible for enrollment.

      2.  In any child custody proceeding involving an Indian child, if the appropriate agency reasonably believes that the Indian child is eligible for enrollment in a tribe, the agency shall notify the Indian child’s parents of their right to object to the agency’s assistance under subsection 1. The provision of notice pursuant to this subsection is deemed to be satisfied by sending the notice to the last known mailing address of each of the Indian child’s parents.

      Sec. 23. 1.  In a child custody proceeding in which an Indian child is alleged to be within the jurisdiction of the court, the Indian child’s tribe is:

      (a) If the Indian child is a member of or is eligible for membership in only one tribe, the tribe of which the Indian child is a member or eligible for membership.

      (b) If the Indian child is a member of one tribe but is eligible for membership in one or more other tribes, the tribe of which the Indian child is a member.

      (c) If the Indian child is a member of more than one tribe or if the Indian child is not a member of any tribe but is eligible for membership with more than one tribe:

             (1) The tribe designated by agreement between the tribes of which the Indian child is a member or in which the Indian child is eligible for membership; or

             (2) If the tribes are unable to agree on the designation of the Indian child’s tribe, the tribe designated by the court.

      2.  When designating an Indian child’s tribe under subparagraph (2) of paragraph (c) of subsection 1, the court shall, after a hearing, designate the tribe with which the Indian child has the more significant contacts, taking into consideration the following:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2236 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (a) The preference of the Indian child’s parent;

      (b) The duration of the Indian child’s current or prior domicile or residence on or near the reservation of each tribe;

      (c) The tribal membership of the Indian child’s custodial parent or Indian custodian;

      (d) The interests asserted by each tribe;

      (e) Whether a tribe has previously adjudicated a case involving the Indian child; and

      (f) If the court determines that the Indian child is of sufficient age and capacity to meaningfully self-identify, the self-identification of the Indian child.

      3.  If an Indian child is a member of or is eligible for membership in more than one tribe, the court may, in its discretion, permit a tribe, in addition to the Indian child’s tribe, to participate in a child custody proceeding involving the Indian child in an advisory capacity or as a party.

      Sec. 24. In any child custody proceeding involving an Indian child that is based on allegations that the Indian child is within the jurisdiction of the court, the court must determine the residence and domicile of the Indian child and whether the Indian child is a ward of tribal court. The court shall communicate with any tribal courts to the extent necessary to make a determination under this section.

      Sec. 25. 1.  Agencies shall make a good faith effort to enter into a tribal-state agreement with any Indian tribe within the borders of this State. Agencies may also enter into a tribal-state agreement with any Indian tribe outside of this State having significant numbers of member children or membership-eligible children residing in this State.

      2.  The purposes of a tribal-state agreement are to promote the continued existence and integrity of the Indian tribe as a political entity and to protect the vital interests of Indian children in securing and maintaining political, cultural and social relationships with their tribe.

      3.  A tribal-state agreement may include agreements regarding default jurisdiction over cases in which the state courts and tribal courts have concurrent jurisdiction, the transfer of cases between state courts and tribal courts, the assessment, removal, placement, custody and adoption of Indian children and any other child welfare services provided to Indian children.

      4.  A tribal-state agreement must:

      (a) Provide for the cooperative delivery of child welfare services to Indian children in this State, including, without limitation, the utilization, to the extent available, of services provided by the tribe or an organization whose mission is to serve the American Indian or Alaska Native population to implement the terms of the tribal-state agreement; and

      (b) If services provided by the tribe or an organization whose mission is to serve the American Indian or Alaska Native population are unavailable, provide for an agency’s use of community services and resources developed specifically for Indian families that have the demonstrated experience and capacity to provide culturally relevant and effective services to Indian children.

      Sec. 26. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, the court’s jurisdiction in a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child is concurrent with the Indian child’s tribe.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2237 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      2.  The tribe has exclusive jurisdiction in a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child if:

      (a) The Indian child is a ward of a tribal court of the tribe; or

      (b) The Indian child resides or is domiciled within the reservation of the tribe.

      3.  Communications between the court and a tribal court regarding calendars, court records and similar matters may occur without informing the parties or creating a record of the communications.

      4.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the juvenile court has temporary exclusive jurisdiction over an Indian child who is placed in protective custody pursuant to chapter 432B of NRS.

      5.  As used in this section, “record” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

      Sec. 27. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the court shall transfer a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child if, at any time during the proceeding, the Indian child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe petitions the court to transfer the proceeding to the tribal court.

      2.  Upon receipt of a transfer motion, the court shall contact the Indian child’s tribe and request a timely response regarding whether the tribe intends to decline the transfer.

      3.  If a party objects to the transfer motion for good cause, the court shall fix the time for hearing on objections to the motion. At the hearing, the objecting party has the burden of proof of establishing by clear and convincing evidence that good cause exists to deny the transfer. If the Indian child’s tribe contests the assertion that good cause exists to deny the transfer, the court shall give the tribe’s argument substantial weight. When making a determination whether good cause exists to deny the transfer motion, the court may not consider:

      (a) Whether the proceeding is at an advanced stage;

      (b) Whether there has been a prior proceeding involving the Indian child in which a transfer motion was not filed;

      (c) Whether the transfer could affect the placement of the Indian child;

      (d) The cultural connections of the Indian child with the tribe or the tribe’s reservation; or

      (e) The socioeconomic conditions of the Indian child’s tribe or any negative perception of tribal or United States Bureau of Indian Affairs’ social services or judicial systems.

      4.  The court shall deny the transfer motion if:

      (a) The tribe declines the transfer orally on the record or in writing;

      (b) The Indian child’s parent objects to the transfer; or

      (c) The court finds by clear and convincing evidence, after hearing, that good cause exists to deny the transfer.

      5.  Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of subsection 4, the objection of the Indian child’s parent does not preclude the transfer if:

      (a) The objecting parent dies or the objecting parent’s parental rights are terminated and have not been restored; and

      (b) The Indian child’s remaining parent, Indian custodian or tribe files a new transfer motion subsequent to the death of the objecting parent or the termination of the parental rights of the objecting parent.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2238 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      6.  If the court denies a transfer under this section, the court shall document the basis for the denial in a written order.

      Sec. 28. Upon granting a transfer motion under section 27 of this act, the court shall expeditiously:

      1.  Notify the tribal court of the pending dismissal of the child custody proceeding;

      2.  Transfer all information regarding the proceeding, including, without limitation, pleadings and court records, to the tribal court;

      3.  Direct the appropriate agency to:

      (a) Coordinate with the tribal court and the Indian child’s tribe to ensure that the transfer of the proceeding and the transfer of custody of the Indian child is accomplished with minimal disruption of services to the Indian child and the Indian child’s family; and

      (b) Provide the Indian child’s tribe with documentation related to the Indian child’s eligibility for state and federal assistance and information related to the Indian child’s social history, treatment diagnosis and services and other relevant case and service related data; and

      4.  Dismiss the proceeding upon confirmation from the tribal court that the tribal court received the transferred information.

      Sec. 29.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 29.5. Notwithstanding any other provision of law and in addition to any other requirements, in any child custody proceeding:

      1.  Each petitioner and every other person otherwise required by the court or by any applicable law shall:

      (a) Determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child; and

      (b) Demonstrate to the court that he or she made efforts to determine whether a child is an Indian child.

      2.  The court shall:

      (a) Make a finding regarding whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child, unless the court has previously found that the child is an Indian child; and

      (b) Not enter a custody order in the matter until all applicable inquiry and notice requirements set forth in sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act have been met.

      Sec. 30. 1.  Except if the person already knows that a child is an Indian child, whenever a person is required in a child custody proceeding to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child, the person shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the child is an Indian child, including, without limitation, by consulting with:

      (a) The child;

      (b) The child’s parent or parents;

      (c) Any person having custody of the child or with whom the child resides;

      (d) Extended family members of the child;

      (e) Any other person who may reasonably be expected to have information regarding the child’s membership or eligibility for membership in a Indian tribe; and

      (f) Any Indian tribe of which the child may be a member or of which the child may be eligible for membership.

      2.  A court or person has reason to know that a child in a child custody proceeding is an Indian child if:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2239 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (a) The person knows that the child is an Indian child;

      (b) The court has found that the child is an Indian child or that there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child;

      (c) Any person present in the proceeding, officer of the court involved in the proceeding, Indian tribe, Indian organization or agency informs the court or the person that the child is an Indian child or that information has been discovered indicating that the child is an Indian child;

      (d) The child indicates to the court or the person that the child is an Indian child;

      (e) The court or the person is informed that the domicile or residence of the child, the child’s parent or the child’s Indian custodian is on a reservation or in an Alaska Native village;

      (f) The court or the person is informed that the child is or has been a ward of a tribal court;

      (g) The court or the person is informed that the child or the child’s parent possesses an identification card or other record indicating membership in an Indian tribe;

      (h) Testimony or documents presented to the court indicate in any way that the child may be an Indian child; or

      (i) Any other indicia provided to the court or the person, or within the knowledge of the court or the person, indicates that the child is an Indian child.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in section 49 of this act, whenever a person is required to demonstrate to the court in a child custody proceeding that the person made efforts to determine whether a child is an Indian child, the court shall make written findings regarding whether the person satisfied the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 and whether the child is an Indian child or whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child. At the commencement of any hearing in an emergency proceeding or a child custody proceeding, unless the court previously found that the child is an Indian child, the court shall ask, on the record, each person present on the matter whether the person has reason to know that the child is an Indian child and shall make a finding regarding whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child.

      4.  If the court finds under subsection 3 that there is:

      (a) Reason to know that the child is an Indian child but the court does not have sufficient evidence to find that the child is an Indian child, the court shall order that the inquiry as to whether the child is an Indian child continue until the court finds that the child is not an Indian child.

      (b) Not reason to know that the child is an Indian child, the court shall order each party to immediately inform the court if the party receives information providing reason to know that the child is an Indian child.

      5.  If the court finds under subsection 3 that there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child but the court does not have sufficient evidence to make a finding that the child is or is not an Indian child, the court shall require the appropriate agency or other party to submit a report, declaration or testimony on the record that the agency or other party used due diligence to identify and work with all of the tribes of which the child may be a member or in which the child may be eligible for membership to verify whether the child is a member or is eligible for membership.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2240 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      6.  A person making an inquiry under this section shall request that any tribe receiving information under this section keep documents and information regarding the inquiry confidential.

      Sec. 31. 1.  In an emergency proceeding, the person taking a child into protective custody must make a good faith effort to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child and, if there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child and the nature of the emergency allows, the appropriate agency shall notify by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile or other means of immediate communication any tribe of which the child is or may be a member. Notification under this subsection must include the basis for the child’s removal, the time, date and place of the initial hearing and a statement that the tribe has the right to participate in the proceeding as a party or in an advisory capacity.

      2.  Except as provided in subsection 1, if there is reason to know that a child in a child custody proceeding who is alleged to be within the court’s jurisdiction is an Indian child and notice is required, the party providing notice shall:

      (a) Promptly send notice of the proceeding as described in subsection 3; and

      (b) File a copy of each notice sent pursuant to this section with the court, together with any return receipts or other proof of service.

      3.  Notice under subsection 2 must be:

      (a) Sent to:

             (1) Each tribe of which the child may be a member or of which the Indian child may be eligible for membership; or

             (2) The appropriate Regional Director of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs listed in 25 C.F.R. § 23.11(b), if the identity or location of the child’s tribe cannot be ascertained.

      (b) Sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.

      (c) In clear and understandable language and include the following:

             (1) The child’s name, date of birth and, if known, place of birth;

             (2) To the extent known:

                   (I) All names, including maiden, married and former names or aliases, of the child’s parents, the places of birth of the child’s parents’ and tribal enrollment numbers; and

                   (II) The names, dates of birth, places of birth and tribal enrollment information of other direct lineal ancestors of the child;

             (3) The name of each Indian tribe of which the child is a member or in which the Indian child may be eligible for membership;

             (4) If notice is required to be sent to the appropriate Regional Director of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs under subparagraph (2) of paragraph (a), to the extent known, information regarding the child’s direct lineal ancestors, an ancestral chart for each biological parent, and the child’s tribal affiliations and blood quantum;

             (5) In a child custody proceeding, a copy of the petition or motion initiating the proceeding and, if a hearing has been scheduled, information on the date, time and location of the hearing;

             (6) The name of the petitioner and the name and address of the attorney of the petitioner;

             (7) A statement that the child’s parent or Indian custodian has the right to participate in the proceeding as a party to the proceeding;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2241 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

             (8) A statement that the child’s tribe has the right to participate in the proceeding as a party or in an advisory capacity;

             (9) A statement that if the court determines that the child’s parent or Indian custodian is unable to afford counsel, the parent or Indian custodian has the right to court-appointed counsel;

             (10) A statement that the child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe has the right, upon request, to up to 20 additional days to prepare for the proceeding;

             (11) A statement that the child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe has the right to petition the court to transfer the child custody proceeding to the tribal court;

             (12) A statement describing the potential legal consequences of the proceeding on the future parental and custodial rights of the parent or Indian custodian;

             (13) The mailing addresses and telephone numbers of the court and contact information for all parties to the proceeding; and

             (14) A statement that the information contained in the notice is confidential and that the notice should not be shared with any person not needing the information to exercise rights under sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act.

      4.  If there is a reason to know that the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian has limited English proficiency, the court must provide language access services as required by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d et seq., and other applicable federal and state laws. If the court is unable to secure translation or interpretation support, the court shall contact or direct a party to contact the Indian child’s tribe or the local office of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs for assistance identifying a qualified translator or interpreter.

      5.  If a child is known to be an Indian child, a hearing may not be held until at least 10 days after the receipt of the notice by the Indian child’s tribe or, if applicable, the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs. Upon request, the court shall grant the Indian child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe up to 20 additional days from the date upon which notice was received by the tribe to prepare for participation in the hearing. Nothing in this subsection prevents a court at an emergency proceeding before the expiration of the waiting period described in this subsection from reviewing the removal of an Indian child from the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian to determine whether the removal or placement is no longer necessary to prevent imminent physical damage or harm to the Indian child.

      Sec. 32. 1.  In any child custody proceeding involving an Indian child that requires the testimony of a qualified expert witness, the petitioner shall contact the Indian child’s tribe and request that the tribe identify one or more persons meeting the criteria described in subsection 3 or 4. The petitioner may also request the assistance of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs in locating persons meeting the criteria described in subsection 3 or 4.

      2.  At a hearing in a child custody proceeding, if the court has found that a child is an Indian child, at least one qualified expert witness must testify regarding whether the continued custody of the Indian child by the child’s parent or custody by the child’s Indian custodian is likely to result in serious emotional or physical damage to the Indian child.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2242 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      3.  A person is a qualified expert witness under this section if the Indian child’s tribe has designated the person as being qualified to testify to the prevailing social and cultural standards of the tribe.

      4.  If the Indian child’s tribe has not identified a qualified expert witness, the following persons, in order of priority, may testify as a qualified expert witness:

      (a) A member of the Indian child’s tribe or another person who is recognized by the tribe as knowledgeable about tribal customs regarding family organization or child rearing practices;

      (b) A person having substantial experience in the delivery of child and family services to Indians and extensive knowledge of prevailing social and cultural standards and child rearing practices within the Indian child’s tribe; or

      (c) Any person having substantial experience in the delivery of child and family services to Indians and knowledge of prevailing social and cultural standards and child rearing practices in Indian tribes with cultural similarities to the child’s tribe.

      5.  In addition to testimony from a qualified expert witness, the court may hear supplemental testimony regarding information described in subsection 2 from a professional having substantial education and experience in the area of the professional’s specialty.

      6.  No petitioning party, employees of the petitioning party or an employee of an agency may serve as a qualified expert witness or a professional under this section.

      Sec. 33. 1.  If a child in a child custody proceeding is an Indian child and active efforts are required, the court must determine whether active efforts have been made to prevent the breakup of the family or to reunite the family.

      2.  Active efforts require a higher standard of conduct than reasonable efforts.

      3.  Active efforts must:

      (a) Be documented in detail in writing and on the record;

      (b) Include assisting the Indian child’s parent or parents or Indian custodian through the steps of a case plan;

      (c) Include, to the extent possible, providing assistance with the cooperation of the Indian child’s tribe;

      (d) Be conducted in partnership with the Indian child and the Indian child’s parents, extended family members, Indian custodians and tribe; and

      (e) Be tailored to the facts and circumstances of the case.

      4.  As used in this section, “active efforts” means efforts that are affirmative, active, thorough, timely and intended to maintain or reunite an Indian child with the Indian child’s family.

      Sec. 34. 1.  Notwithstanding the provisions of NRS 7.285, a tribe that is a party to a child custody proceeding involving an Indian child may be represented by any person, regardless of whether the person is licensed to practice law.

      2.  An attorney who is not barred from practicing law in this State may appear in any proceeding involving an Indian child without associating with local counsel if the attorney establishes to the satisfaction of the State Bar of Nevada that:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2243 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (a) The attorney will appear in a court in this State for the limited purpose of participating in a proceeding under chapter 432B of NRS subject to the provisions of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act;

      (b) The attorney represents an Indian child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe; and

      (c) The Indian child’s tribe has affirmed the Indian child’s membership or eligibility for membership under tribal law.

      3.  An Indian custodian or tribe may notify the court, orally on the record or in writing, that the Indian custodian or tribe withdraws as a party to the proceeding.

      Sec. 35. 1.  If a child in a child custody proceeding is an Indian child:

      (a) The court shall appoint counsel to represent the Indian child.

      (b) If the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian requests counsel to represent the parent or Indian custodian but is without sufficient financial means to employ suitable counsel possessing skills and experience commensurate with the nature of the petition and the complexity of the case, the court shall appoint suitable counsel to represent the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian if the parent or Indian custodian is determined to be financially eligible for the appointment of such counsel.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, upon presentation of the order of appointment under this section by the attorney for the Indian child, any agency, hospital, school organization, division or department of this State, doctor, nurse or other health care provider, psychologist, psychiatrist, law enforcement agency or mental health clinic shall permit the attorney for the Indian child to inspect and copy any records of the Indian child involved in the case, without the consent of the Indian child or the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian. This subsection does not apply to records of a law enforcement agency relating to an ongoing investigation before bringing charges.

      Sec. 36. 1.  In any child custody proceeding, if the child is an Indian child, each party has the right to timely examine all reports or other documents held by an agency that are not otherwise subject to a discovery exception or precluded under state or federal law.

      2.  The preservation of confidentiality under this section does not relieve the court or any petitioners in an adoption proceeding from the duty to comply with the placement preferences under section 37 of this act if the child is an Indian child.

      Sec. 37. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, if the parental rights of an Indian child’s parents have not been terminated and the Indian child is in need of placement or continuation in substitute care, the child must be placed in the least restrictive setting that:

      (a) Most closely approximates a family, taking into consideration sibling attachment;

      (b) Allows the Indian child’s special needs, if any, to be met;

      (c) Is in reasonable proximity to the Indian child’s home, extended family or siblings; and

      (d) Is in accordance with the order of preference established by the Indian child’s tribe or, if the Indian child’s tribe has not established placement preferences, is in accordance with the following order of preference:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2244 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

             (1) A member of the Indian child’s extended family;

             (2) A foster home licensed, approved or specified by the Indian child’s tribe;

             (3) A foster home licensed or approved by a licensing authority in this State and in which one or more of the licensed or approved foster parents is an Indian; or

             (4) An institution for children that has a program suitable to meet the Indian child’s needs and is approved by an Indian tribe or operated by an Indian organization.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, if the parental rights of the Indian child’s parents have been terminated and the Indian child is in need of an adoptive placement, the Indian child shall be placed:

      (a) In accordance with the order of preference established by the Indian child’s tribe; or

      (b) If the Indian child’s tribe has not established placement preferences, according to the following order of preference:

             (1) With a member of the Indian child’s extended family;

             (2) With other members of the Indian child’s tribe; or

             (3) With other Indian families.

      3.  If an Indian child is placed outside of the placement preferences set forth in subsection 1 or 2, the party placing the child shall file a motion requesting that the court make a finding that good cause exists for placement outside of such placement preferences. If the court determines that the moving party has established, by clear and convincing evidence, that there is good cause to depart from the placement preferences under this section, the court may authorize placement in an alternative placement. The court’s determination under this subsection:

      (a) Must be in writing and be based on:

             (1) The preferences of the Indian child;

             (2) The presence of a sibling attachment that cannot be maintained through placement consistent with the placement preferences established by subsection 1 or 2;

             (3) Any extraordinary physical, mental or emotional needs of the Indian child that require specialized treatment services if, despite active efforts, those services are unavailable in the community where families who meet the placement preferences under subsection 1 or 2 reside; or

             (4) Whether, despite a diligent search, a placement meeting the placement preferences under this section is unavailable, as determined by the prevailing social and cultural standards of the Indian community in which the Indian child’s parent or extended family resides or with which the Indian child’s parent or extended family members maintain social and cultural ties.

      (b) Must, in applying the placement preferences under this subsection, give weight to a parent’s request for anonymity if the placement is an adoptive placement to which the parent has consented.

      (c) May be informed by but not determined by the placement request of a parent of the Indian child, after the parent has reviewed the placement options, if any, that comply with the placement preferences under this section.

      (d) May not be based on:

             (1) The socioeconomic conditions of the Indian child’s tribe;

             (2) Any perception of the tribal or United States Bureau of Indian Affairs social services or judicial systems;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2245 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

             (3) The distance between a placement meeting the placement preferences under this section that is located on or near a reservation and the Indian child’s parent; or

             (4) The ordinary bonding or attachment between the Indian child and a nonpreferred placement arising from time spent in the nonpreferred placement.

      Sec. 38. 1.  A petition to vacate an order or a judgment involving an Indian child regarding jurisdiction, placement, guardianship or the termination of parental rights may be filed in a pending child custody proceeding involving the Indian child or, if none, in any court of competent jurisdiction by:

      (a) The Indian child who was alleged to be within the jurisdiction of the court;

      (b) The Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian from whose custody such child was removed or whose parental rights were terminated; or

      (c) The Indian child’s tribe.

      2.  The court shall vacate an order or judgment involving an Indian child regarding jurisdiction, placement, guardianship or the termination of parental rights if the court determines that any provision of section 26 or 27, subsection 2 or 5 of section 31, paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection 3 of section 31, subsection 1 of section 35 or section 36 of this act or, if required, subsection 2 of section 32 or section 33 or 37 of this act has been violated and the court determines it is appropriate to vacate the order or judgment.

      3.  If the vacated order or judgment resulted in the removal or placement of the Indian child, the court shall order the child immediately returned to the Indian child’s parent or Indian custodian and the court’s order must include a transition plan for the physical custody of the child, which may include protective supervision.

      4.  If the vacated order or judgment terminated parental rights, the court shall order the previously terminated parental rights to be restored.

      5.  If the State or any other party affirmatively asks the court to reconsider the issues under the vacated order or judgment, the court’s findings or determinations must be readjudicated.

      6.  As used in this section, “termination of parental rights” includes, without limitation, the involuntary termination of parental rights under chapter 128 or 432B of NRS.

      Sec. 39.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 40. NRS 125A.215 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      125A.215  1.  [A child custody proceeding that pertains to an Indian child as defined in the Indian Child Welfare Act of 1978, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq., is not subject to the provisions of this chapter to the extent that the proceeding is governed by the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      2.]  A court of this state shall treat [a] an Indian tribe as if it were a state of the United States for the purpose of applying NRS 125A.005 to 125A.395, inclusive.

      [3.]2.  A child custody determination made by a tribe under factual circumstances in substantial conformity with the jurisdictional standards of the provisions of this chapter must be recognized and enforced pursuant to NRS 125A.405 to 125A.585, inclusive.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2246 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      Sec. 41. Chapter 127 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 41.5 to 50, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 41.5.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 42. 1.  In addition to the requirements set forth in NRS 127.110, a petition for adoption of a child must contain:

      (a) A declaration under penalty of perjury and documentation, as described by the regulations adopted by the Division pursuant to section 49 of this act, of the petitioner’s good faith efforts described in subsection 1 of section 30 of this act, to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child;

      (b) A statement as to whether the petitioner has reason to know that the child is an Indian child; and

      (c) If the petitioner has reason to know that the child is an Indian child:

             (1) A declaration under penalty of perjury and documentation, as described by the regulations adopted by the Division pursuant to section 49 of this act, showing that the proposed adoptive placement complies with the requirements under section 37 of this act; or

             (2) A statement that the petitioner is moving the court under subsection 3 of section 37 of this act for a finding, by clear and convincing evidence, that good cause exists for alternative adoptive placement and a statement describing the details supporting the assertion of the petitioner that good cause exists for the alternative placement, as described in subsection 3 of section 37 of this act.

      2.  A petition for adoption of a child must, if applicable, request the following:

      (a) A finding that the petitioner complied with the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act;

      (b) A finding of whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child; and

      (c) If the court finds that the child is an Indian child:

             (1) The determinations required under section 24 of this act regarding the Indian child’s residence, domicile and wardship status;

             (2) A finding that the petitioner complied with the notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act; and

             (3) A finding that the adoptive placement complies with the placement preferences under section 37 of this act or, if not, that upon the petitioner’s motion under subsection 3 of section 37 of this act, good cause exists for placement contrary to the placement preferences in section 37 of this act.

      3.  If the petitioner has reason to know that the child is an Indian child, within 30 days after filing the petition, the petitioner shall:

      (a) Serve copies of the petition by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, together with the notice of proceeding in the form required under subsection 3 of section 31 of this act, to:

             (1) Each tribe of which the Indian child may be a member or in which the Indian child may be eligible for membership;

             (2) The appropriate Regional Director of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs listed in 25 C.F.R. § 23.11(b), if the identity or location of the child’s parents, Indian custodian or tribe cannot be ascertained; and

             (3) The appropriate agency which provides child welfare services.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2247 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (b) File a declaration of compliance with the court, including a copy of each notice sent, together with any return receipts or other proof of service.

      Sec. 43. 1.  If a petition for adoption of a child concerns the adoption of an Indian child, except as otherwise provided in subsection 4 and unless the parental rights of the Indian child’s parents have been terminated, consent in writing to the adoption must be given by the Indian child’s parents. Such written consent must be filed with the court.

      2.  An Indian child’s parent may consent to the adoption of the Indian child at any time not less than 10 days following the date of the Indian child’s birth by executing the consent in person before the court on the record.

      3.  Before the execution of a parent’s consent under subsection 2, the court must explain to the parent on the record in detail and in the language of the parent:

      (a) The right to legal counsel;

      (b) The terms and consequences of the consent in detail; and

      (c) That at any time before the entry of the judgment of adoption, the parent may withdraw consent for any reason and petition the court to have the child returned.

      4.  After the execution of a parent’s consent under subsection 2, the court shall certify that the court made the explanation under subsection 3 and that the parent fully understood the explanation.

      5.  At any time before the entry of a judgment of adoption, an Indian child’s parent may withdraw the parent’s consent under this section. The withdrawal of consent must be made by filing the written withdrawal with the court or by making a statement of withdrawal on the record in the adoption proceeding. Upon entry of the withdrawal of consent, the court must promptly notify the person or entity that arranged the adoptive placement to regain custody and control of the Indian child. A parent who withdraws his or her consent may petition the court for the return of the child.

      6.  As used in this section, “parent” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 14 of this act.

      Sec. 44.  (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 45. 1.  If, upon a petition for adoption of a child duly presented and consented to, the court is satisfied as to the identity and relations of the persons, that the petitioner is of sufficient ability to bring up the child and furnish suitable nurture and education, having reference to the degree and condition of the parents, and that it is fit and proper that such adoption be effected, a judgment shall be made setting forth the facts and ordering that from the date of the judgment, the child, for all legal intents and purposes, is the child of the petitioner.

      2.  A judgment entered under this section must include:

      (a) A finding that the petitioner complied with the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child; and

      (b) A finding that the child is or is not an Indian child.

      3.  In an adoption of an Indian child, the judgment must include:

      (a) The birth name and date of birth of the Indian child, the Indian child’s tribal affiliation and the name of the Indian child after adoption;

      (b) If known, the names and addresses of the biological parents;

      (c) The names and addresses of the adoptive parents;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2248 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (d) The name and contact information for any agency having files or information relating to the adoption;

      (e) Any information relating to tribal membership or eligibility for tribal membership of the Indian child;

      (f) The determination regarding the Indian child’s residence, domicile and tribal wardship status as required under section 24 of this act;

      (g) A finding that the petitioner complied with the notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act;

      (h) If the adoptive placement and the parents entered into a post-adoptive contact agreement or the adoptive placement and the Indian child’s tribe has entered into an agreement that requires the adoptive placement to maintain connection between the child and the child’s tribe, the terms of the agreement; and

      (i) A finding that the adoptive placement complies with the placement preferences under section 37 of this act or, if the placement does not comply with the placement preferences under section 37 of this act, a finding upon the petitioner’s motion under subsection 3 of section 37 of this act that good cause exists for placement contrary to the placement preferences.

      4.  For each finding or determination made under this section, the court must provide a description of the facts upon which the finding or determination is based.

      5.  Upon entry of the judgment of adoption of an Indian child, the court shall provide to the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs copies of the judgment entered under this section, any affidavit signed by a consenting parent requesting anonymity, and all other required information in accordance with 25 C.F.R. § 23.140.

      Sec. 46. 1.  A petition to vacate a judgment of adoption of an Indian child under this chapter may be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction by a parent who consented to the adoption.

      2.  Upon the filing of a petition under this section, the court shall set a time for a hearing on the petition and provide notice of the petition and hearing to each party to the adoption proceeding and to the Indian child’s tribe.

      3.  After a hearing on the petition, the court shall vacate the judgment of adoption if:

      (a) The petition is filed not later than 2 years following the date of the judgment; and

      (b) The court finds by clear and convincing evidence that the parent’s consent was obtained through fraud or duress.

      4.  When the court vacates a judgment of adoption under this section, the court shall also order that the parental rights of the parent whose consent the court found was obtained through fraud or duress be restored. The order restoring parental rights under this section must include a plan for the physical custody of the Indian child, whether the Indian child will be placed with an agency which provides child welfare services or with the parent.

      Sec. 47. 1.  If a judgment of adoption of an Indian child under this chapter is vacated, the court vacating the judgment must notify, by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, the Indian child’s former parents, prior Indian custodian, if any, and Indian tribe and the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2249 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      2.  The notice required under subsection 1 must:

      (a) Include the Indian child’s current name and any former names as reflected in the court record;

      (b) Inform the recipient of the right to move the court for the return of custody of and restoration of parental rights to the Indian child, if appropriate, under this section;

      (c) Provide sufficient information to allow the recipient to participate in any scheduled hearings; and

      (d) Be sent to the last known address in the court record.

      3.  An Indian child’s former parent or prior Indian custodian may waive notice under this section by executing a waiver of notice in person before the court and filing the waiver with the court. The waiver must clearly set out any conditions to the waiver. Before the execution of the waiver, the court must explain to the former parent or prior Indian custodian, on the record in detail and in the language of the former parent or prior Indian custodian:

      (a) The former parent’s right to legal counsel, if applicable;

      (b) The terms and consequences of the waiver; and

      (c) How the waiver may be revoked.

      4.  After execution of the waiver pursuant to subsection 3, the court shall certify that it provided the explanation as required under subsection 3 and that the former parent or prior Indian custodian fully understood the explanation.

      5.  At any time before the entry of a judgment of adoption of an Indian child, the former parent or prior Indian custodian may revoke a waiver executed by the former parent or prior Indian custodian pursuant to subsection 3 by filing a written revocation with the court or by making a statement of revocation on the record in a proceeding for the adoption of the Indian child.

      6.  If a judgment of adoption of an Indian child under this chapter is vacated other than as provided in section 38 of this act, an Indian child’s former parent or prior Indian custodian may intervene in the proceeding and move the court for the Indian child to be returned to the custody of the former parent or prior Indian custodian and for the parental rights to the Indian child to be restored. The moving party shall provide by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, notice of the motion for the Indian child to be returned to the custody of the former parent or prior Indian custodian and the time set for filing objections to the motion, together with notice of proceeding in the form required under subsection 3 of section 31 of this act to:

      (a) The agency which provides child welfare services in the county in which the order was vacated;

      (b) Each tribe of which the child may be a member or in which the Indian child may be eligible for membership;

      (c) The child’s parents;

      (d) The child’s Indian custodian, if applicable; and

      (e) The appropriate Regional Director of the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs listed in 25 C.F.R. § 23.11(b), if the identity or location of the child’s parents cannot be ascertained.

Κ The petitioner shall file a declaration of compliance, including a copy of each notice sent under this subsection, together with any return receipts or other proof of service.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2250 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      7.  Upon the filing of an objection to a motion made pursuant to subsection 6, the court shall fix the time for hearing on objections.

      8.  The court shall order the Indian child to be returned to the custody of the former parent or prior Indian custodian or restore the parental rights to the Indian child unless the court finds, by clear and convincing evidence, that the return of custody or restoration of parental rights is not in the child’s best interests, as described in section 20 of this act. If the court orders the Indian child to be returned to the custody of the former parent or prior Indian custodian, the court’s order must include a transition plan for the physical custody of the child, which may include protective supervision.

      9.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Former parent” means a person who was previously the legal parent of an Indian child subject to a judgment of adoption under this chapter and whose parental rights have not been restored under section 46 of this act.

      (b) “Prior Indian custodian” means a person who was previously the custodian of an Indian child subject to a judgment of adoption of the child under this chapter.

      Sec. 48. 1.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if an Indian child’s tribe or the United States Secretary of the Interior requests access to the adoption records of an Indian child, the court must make the records available not later than 14 days following the date of the request.

      2.  The records made available under subsection 1 must, at a minimum, include the petition, all substantive orders entered in the adoption proceeding, the complete record of the placement finding and, if the placement departs from the placement preferences under section 37 of this act, detailed documentation of the efforts to comply with the placement preferences.

      Sec. 49. 1.  In a proceeding for the adoption of a minor child, within 90 days after service of a petition upon the appropriate agency which provides child welfare services as required pursuant to section 42 of this act, the agency shall file with the court an ICWA compliance report, which must reflect the agency’s review of the petition and advise the court on whether the documentation submitted by the petitioner is sufficient and complete for the court to make the findings required pursuant to subsection 2. Nothing in this section requires the agency to make a determination of law regarding the documentation provided by the petitioner.

      2.  Upon receiving an ICWA compliance report, the court shall order the matter to proceed if the court finds that the petitioner satisfied the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and, if applicable, the notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act. If the court finds that:

      (a) Subject to the procedures under subsection 3 of section 30 of this act, the child is an Indian child, the court’s order under this subsection must include a finding regarding whether the proposed adoptive placement complies with the preferences under section 37 of this act. If the court finds that the proposed adoptive placement does not comply with such preferences or that the documentation provided by the petitioner is insufficient for the court to make a finding, the court shall direct the petitioner to amend the petition to cure the deficiency or file a motion under subsection 3 of section 37 of this act, for authority to make the placement contrary to the placement preferences under section 37 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2251 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (b) The petitioner failed to satisfy the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act or, if applicable, the notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act, or if the documentation supplied by the petitioner is insufficient for the court to make those findings, the court shall direct the petitioner to cure the inquiry or notice deficiency and file an amended petition. If the court directs the petitioner to file an amended petition pursuant to this subsection or a motion and the petitioner fails to do so within a reasonable amount of time, the court shall order the petitioner to appear and show cause why the court should not dismiss the petition.

      3.  The Division shall adopt regulations providing a nonexhaustive description of the documentation that petitioners or moving parties in proceedings under this chapter may submit to the court to document compliance with the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act and the placement preferences under section 37 of this act, including, without limitation:

      (a) Descriptions of the consultations the petitioner or moving party made with the persons described in subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and subsection 3 of section 31 of this act and the responses the petitioner or moving party obtained;

      (b) Descriptions of any oral responses and copies of any written responses the petitioner or moving party obtained from the persons described in subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and subsection 3 of section 31 of this act;

      (c) Copies of any identification cards or other records indicating the membership of the child or the child’s parent in an Indian tribe;

      (d) Copies of any tribal court records regarding the Indian child;

      (e) Any reports, declarations or testimony on the record documenting the due diligence of the petitioner or moving party to identify and work with all of the tribes of which the petitioner or moving party has reason to know that the child may be a member or in which the child may be eligible for membership; and

      (f) The declaration of compliance regarding the notices the petitioner sent, as described in section 42 of this act.

      4.  The Division shall adopt any other regulations for the preparation of ICWA compliance reports that are necessary for agencies which provide child welfare services to carry out their duties under this chapter.

      5.  The Court Administrator may prepare and make available to the public forms and information to assist petitioners to comply with the requirements under this section and sections 30, 31, 37 and 42 of this act and any related rules or regulations, including, without limitation:

      (a) Forms of petitions required under section 42 of this act, motions to request a deviation from the placement preferences under subsection 3 of section 37 of this act and notices required under subsection 3 of section 31 of this act; and

      (b) Worksheets and checklists to assist petitioners with the inquiry required under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and the notices required under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act, and assessing whether proposed adoptive placements satisfy the preferences under section 37 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2252 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      6.  The Court Administrator may design and offer trainings to courts having jurisdiction over adoption matters regarding the application of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act to adoptions of minor children, including, without limitation, identifying when there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child and making findings regarding the sufficiency of inquiry and notice and the appropriateness of adoptive placements.

      7.  As used in this section, “ICWA compliance report” means a written report prepared by an agency which provides child welfare services concerning compliance with the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      Sec. 50. 1.  If the court determines that tribal customary adoption is in the best interests, as described in section 20 of this act, of a ward who is an Indian child and the Indian child’s tribe consents to the tribal customary adoption:

      (a) The appropriate agency which provides child welfare services shall provide the Indian child’s tribe and proposed tribal customary adoptive parents with a written report on the Indian child, including, without limitation, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by state or federal law, the medical background, if known, of the Indian child’s parents, and the Indian child’s educational information, developmental history and medical background, including all known diagnostic information, current medical reports and any psychological evaluations.

      (b) The court shall accept a tribal customary adoptive home study conducted by the Indian child’s tribe if the home study:

             (1) Includes federal criminal background checks, including reports of child abuse, that meet the standards applicable under the laws of this State for all other proposed adoptive placements;

             (2) Uses the prevailing social and cultural standards of the Indian child’s tribe as the standards for evaluation of the proposed adoptive placement;

             (3) Includes an evaluation of the background, safety and health information of the proposed adoptive placement, including the biological, psychological and social factors of the proposed adoptive placement and assessment of the commitment, capability and suitability of the proposed adoptive placement to meet the Indian child’s needs; and

             (4) Except where the proposed adoptive placement is the Indian child’s current foster care placement, is completed before the placement of the Indian child in the proposed adoptive placement.

      (c) Notwithstanding subsection 2, the court may not accept the tribe’s order or judgment of tribal customary adoption if any adult living in the proposed adoptive placement has a felony conviction for child abuse or neglect, spousal abuse, crimes against a child, including child pornography, or a crime involving violence. The Division shall, by regulation, define “crime involving violence” for the purposes of this paragraph. The definition must include rape, sexual assault and homicide, but must not include other physical assault or battery.

      2.  The court shall accept an order or judgment for tribal customary adoption that is filed by the Indian child’s tribe if:

      (a) The court determines that tribal customary adoption is an appropriate permanent placement option for the Indian child;

      (b) The court finds that the tribal customary adoption is in the Indian child’s best interests, as described in section 20 of this act; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2253 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (c) The order or judgment:

             (1) Includes a description of the modification of the legal relationship of the Indian child’s parents or Indian custodian and the Indian child, including any contact between the Indian child and the Indian child’s parents or Indian custodian, responsibilities of the Indian child’s parents or Indian custodian and the rights of inheritance of the parents and Indian child;

             (2) Includes a description of the Indian child’s legal relationship with the tribe; and

             (3) Does not include any child support obligation from the Indian child’s parents or Indian custodian.

Κ The court shall afford full faith and credit to a tribal customary adoption order or judgment that is accepted under this subsection.

      3.  A tribal customary adoptive parent is not required to file a petition for adoption when the court accepts a tribal customary adoption order or judgment under subsection 2. The clerk of the court may not charge or collect a fee for a proceeding under this subsection.

      4.  After accepting a tribal customary adoption order or judgment under subsection 2, the court that accepted the order or judgment shall proceed as provided in section 45 of this act and enter a judgment of adoption. In addition to the requirements under section 45 of this act, the judgment of adoption must include a statement that any parental rights or obligations not specified in the judgment are transferred to the tribal customary adoptive parents and a description of any parental rights or duties retained by the Indian child’s parents, the rights of inheritance of the parents and Indian child and the Indian child’s legal relationship with the child’s tribe.

      5.  A tribal customary adoption under this section does not require the consent of the Indian child or the child’s parents.

      6.  Upon the court’s entry of a judgment of adoption under this section, the court’s jurisdiction over the Indian child terminates.

      7.  Any parental rights or obligations not specifically retained by the Indian child’s parents in the judgment of adoption are conclusively presumed to transfer to the tribal customary adoptive parents.

      8.  This section remains operative only to the extent that compliance with the provisions of this section do not conflict with federal law as a condition of receiving funding under Title IV-E of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 601 et seq.

      9.  The Division shall adopt regulations requiring that any report regarding a ward who is an Indian child that an agency which provides child welfare services submits to the court, including any home studies, placement reports or other reports required by law must address tribal customary adoption as a permanency option. The Supreme Court may adopt rules necessary for the court processes to implement the provisions of this section, and the Court Administrator may prepare necessary forms for the implementation of this section.

      10.  As used in this section, “tribal customary adoption” means the adoption of an Indian child, by and through the tribal custom, traditions or law of the child’s tribe, and which may be effected without the termination of parental rights.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2254 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      Sec. 51. NRS 127.003 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      127.003  As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:

      1.  “Agency which provides child welfare services” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 432B.030.

      2.  “Division” means the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services.

      3.  “Indian child” has the meaning ascribed to it in [25 U.S.C. § 1903.

      4.  “Indian Child Welfare Act” means the Indian Child Welfare Act of 1978, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq.] section 9 of this act.

      Sec. 51.5. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 52. NRS 127.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      127.010  Except [if the child involved is subject to the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe pursuant to the Indian Child Welfare Act,] as otherwise provided in section 26 of this act, the district courts of this State have original jurisdiction in adoption proceedings.

      Sec. 53. NRS 127.018 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      127.018  1.  [Unless the child involved is subject to the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe pursuant to the Indian Child Welfare Act,] Except as otherwise provided in sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act, a child of whom this State:

      (a) Is the home state on the date of the commencement of the proceeding; or

      (b) Was the home state within 6 months before the commencement of the proceeding,

Κ may not be adopted except upon an order of a district court in this State.

      2.  As used in this section, “home state” means:

      (a) The state in which a child lived for at least 6 consecutive months, including any temporary absence from the state, immediately before the commencement of a proceeding; or

      (b) In the case of a child less than 6 months of age, the state in which the child lived from birth, including any temporary absence from the state.

      Sec. 54. NRS 127.053 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      127.053  No consent to a specific adoption executed in this State, or executed outside this State for use in this State, is valid unless it:

      1.  Identifies the child to be adopted by name, if any, sex and date of birth.

      2.  Is in writing and signed by the person consenting to the adoption as required in this chapter.

      3.  Is acknowledged by the person consenting and signing the consent to adoption in the manner and form required for conveyances of real property.

      4.  Contains, at the time of execution, the name of the person or persons to whom consent to adopt the child is given.

      5.  Indicates whether the person giving the consent has reason to know that the child is an Indian child and, if the person does not have reason to know that the child is an Indian child, includes a statement that the person will inform the court immediately if, before the entry of the judgment of adoption under section 45 of this act, the person receives information that provides reason to know that the child is an Indian child.

      6.  Is attested by at least two competent, disinterested witnesses who subscribe their names to the consent in the presence of the person consenting.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2255 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

If neither the petitioner nor the spouse of a petitioner is related to the child within the third degree of consanguinity, then one of the witnesses must be a social worker employed by:

      (a) An agency which provides child welfare services;

      (b) An agency licensed in this state to place children for adoption;

      (c) A comparable state or county agency of another state; or

      (d) An agency authorized under the laws of another state to place children for adoption, if the natural parent resides in that state.

      Sec. 55. NRS 127.110 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      127.110  1.  A petition for adoption of a child who currently resides in the home of the petitioners may be filed at any time after the child has lived in the home for 30 days.

      2.  The petition for adoption must state, in substance, the following:

      (a) The full name and age of the petitioners.

      (b) The age of the child sought to be adopted and the period that the child has lived in the home of petitioners before the filing of the petition.

      (c) That it is the desire of the petitioners that the relationship of parent and child be established between them and the child.

      (d) Their desire that the name of the child be changed, together with the new name desired.

      (e) That the petitioners are fit and proper persons to have the care and custody of the child.

      (f) That they are financially able to provide for the child.

      (g) That there has been a full compliance with the law in regard to consent to adoption.

      (h) That there has been a full compliance with NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive.

      (i) Whether the petitioners have reason to know that the child is [known to be] an Indian child.

      (j) That there are no known signs that the child is currently experiencing victimization from human trafficking, exploitation or abuse.

      3.  No order of adoption may be entered unless there has been full compliance with the provisions of NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive [.] , and the provisions of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 56. NRS 128.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      128.020  Except [if the child involved is subject to the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe pursuant to the Indian Child Welfare Act,] as otherwise provided in section 26 of this act, the district courts have jurisdiction in all cases and proceedings under this chapter. The jurisdiction of the district courts extends to any child who should be declared free from the custody and control of either or both of his or her parents.

      Sec. 57. NRS 128.023 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      128.023  1.  If proceedings pursuant to this chapter involve the termination of parental rights of the parent of an Indian child, the court shall [:

      (a) Cause the Indian child’s tribe to be notified in writing in the manner provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act. If the Indian child is eligible for membership in more than one tribe, each tribe must be notified.

      (b) Transfer the proceedings to the Indian child’s tribe in accordance with the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      (c) If a tribe declines or is unable to exercise jurisdiction, exercise its jurisdiction as provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act.] require that notice of the proceedings and any other notice required pursuant to this chapter be provided in accordance with section 31 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2256 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

of the proceedings and any other notice required pursuant to this chapter be provided in accordance with section 31 of this act.

      2.  If the court determines that the parent of an Indian child for whom termination of parental rights is sought is indigent, the court:

      (a) Shall appoint an attorney to represent the parent; and

      (b) May apply to the Secretary of the Interior for the payment of the fees and expenses of such an attorney,

Κ as provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      Sec. 58. NRS 128.050 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      128.050  1.  The proceedings must be entitled, “In the matter of the parental rights as to ................, a minor.”

      2.  A petition must be verified and may be upon information and belief. It must set forth plainly:

      (a) The facts which bring the child within the purview of this chapter.

      (b) The name, age and residence of the child.

      (c) The names and residences of the parents of the child.

      (d) The name and residence of the person or persons having physical custody or control of the child.

      (e) The name and residence of the child’s legal guardian, if there is one.

      (f) The name and residence of the child’s nearest known relative, if no parent or guardian can be found.

      (g) Whether the petitioner has reason to know that the child is [known to be] an Indian child.

      3.  If any of the facts required by subsection 2 are not known by the petitioner, the petition must so state.

      4.  If the petitioner is a mother filing with respect to her unborn child, the petition must so state and must contain the name and residence of the father or putative father, if known.

      5.  If the petitioner or the child is receiving public assistance, the petition must so state.

      Sec. 59. NRS 3.223 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      3.223  1.  Except [if the child involved is subject to the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe pursuant to the Indian Child Welfare Act of 1978, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq.,] as otherwise provided in section 26 of this act, in each judicial district in which it is established, the family court has original, exclusive jurisdiction in any proceeding:

      (a) Brought pursuant to title 5 of NRS or chapter 31A, 123, 125, 125A, 125B, 125C, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 159A, 425 or 432B of NRS, except to the extent that a specific statute authorizes the use of any other judicial or administrative procedure to facilitate the collection of an obligation for support.

      (b) Brought pursuant to NRS 442.255 and 442.2555 to request the court to issue an order authorizing an abortion.

      (c) For judicial approval of the marriage of a minor.

      (d) Otherwise within the jurisdiction of the juvenile court.

      (e) To establish the date of birth, place of birth or parentage of a minor.

      (f) To change the name of a minor.

      (g) For a judicial declaration of the sanity of a minor.

      (h) To approve the withholding or withdrawal of life-sustaining procedures from a person as authorized by law.

      (i) Brought pursuant to NRS 433A.200 to 433A.330, inclusive, for an involuntary court-ordered admission to a mental health facility.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2257 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (j) Brought pursuant to NRS 433A.335 to 433A.345, inclusive, to require a person to receive assisted outpatient treatment.

      (k) Brought pursuant to NRS 441A.505 to 441A.720, inclusive, for an involuntary court-ordered isolation or quarantine.

      2.  The family court, where established and, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (m) of subsection 1 of NRS 4.370, the justice court have concurrent jurisdiction over actions for the issuance of a temporary or extended order for protection against domestic violence.

      3.  The family court, where established, and the district court have concurrent jurisdiction over any action for damages brought pursuant to NRS 41.134 by a person who suffered injury as the proximate result of an act that constitutes domestic violence.

      Sec. 60. NRS 7.285 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      7.285  1.  [A] Except as otherwise provided in section 34 of this act, a person shall not practice law in this state if the person:

      (a) Is not an active member of the State Bar of Nevada or otherwise authorized to practice law in this state pursuant to the rules of the Supreme Court; or

      (b) Is suspended or has been disbarred from membership in the State Bar of Nevada pursuant to the rules of the Supreme Court.

      2.  A person who violates any provision of subsection 1 is guilty of:

      (a) For a first offense within the immediately preceding 7 years, a misdemeanor.

      (b) For a second offense within the immediately preceding 7 years, a gross misdemeanor.

      (c) For a third and any subsequent offense within the immediately preceding 7 years, a category E felony and shall be punished as provided in NRS 193.130.

      3.  The State Bar of Nevada may bring a civil action to secure an injunction and any other appropriate relief against a person who violates this section.

      Sec. 61. NRS 62A.160 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      62A.160  “Indian child” has the meaning ascribed to it in [25 U.S.C. § 1903.] section 9 of this act.

      Sec. 62. NRS 62D.210 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      62D.210  1.  If a proceeding conducted pursuant to the provisions of this title involves the placement of an Indian child into foster care, the juvenile court shall [:

      (a) Cause the Indian child’s tribe to be notified in writing in the manner provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act. If the Indian child is eligible for membership in more than one tribe, each tribe must be notified.

      (b) Transfer the proceedings to the Indian child’s tribe in accordance with the Indian Child Welfare Act or, if a tribe declines or is unable to exercise jurisdiction, exercise jurisdiction as provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act.] require that notice of the proceeding and any other notice required pursuant to this chapter be provided in accordance with section 31 of this act.

      2.  If the juvenile court determines that the parent of an Indian child for whom foster care is sought is indigent, the juvenile court, as provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act:

      (a) Shall appoint an attorney to represent the parent;

      (b) May appoint an attorney to represent the Indian child; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2258 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (c) May apply to the Secretary of the Interior for the payment of the fees and expenses of such an attorney.

      Sec. 63. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 64. NRS 432B.067 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.067  “Indian child” has the meaning ascribed to it in [25 U.S.C. § 1903.] section 9 of this act.

      Sec. 65. NRS 432B.190 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.190  The Division of Child and Family Services shall, in consultation with each agency which provides child welfare services, adopt:

      1.  Regulations establishing reasonable and uniform standards for:

      (a) Child welfare services provided in this State;

      (b) Programs for the prevention of abuse or neglect of a child and the achievement of the permanent placement of a child;

      (c) The development of local councils involving public and private organizations;

      (d) Reports of abuse or neglect, records of these reports and the response to these reports;

      (e) Carrying out the provisions of NRS 432B.260, including, without limitation, the qualifications of persons with whom agencies which provide child welfare services enter into agreements to provide services to children and families;

      (f) The management and assessment of reported cases of abuse or neglect;

      (g) The protection of the legal rights of parents and children;

      (h) Emergency shelter for a child;

      (i) The prevention, identification and correction of abuse or neglect of a child in residential institutions;

      (j) Developing and distributing to persons who are responsible for a child’s welfare a pamphlet that is written in language which is easy to understand, is available in English and in any other language the Division determines is appropriate based on the demographic characteristics of this State and sets forth:

             (1) Contact information regarding persons and governmental entities which provide assistance to persons who are responsible for the welfare of children, including, without limitation, persons and entities which provide assistance to persons who are being investigated for allegedly abusing or neglecting a child;

             (2) The procedures for taking a child for placement in protective custody; and

             (3) The state and federal legal rights of:

                   (I) A person who is responsible for a child’s welfare and who is the subject of an investigation of alleged abuse or neglect of a child, including, without limitation, the legal rights of such a person at the time an agency which provides child welfare services makes initial contact with the person in the course of the investigation and at the time the agency takes the child for placement in protective custody, and the legal right of such a person to be informed of any allegation of abuse or neglect of a child which is made against the person at the initial time of contact with the person by the agency; and

                   (II) Persons who are parties to a proceeding held pursuant to NRS 432B.410 to 432B.590, inclusive, during all stages of the proceeding; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2259 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (k) Making the necessary inquiries required pursuant to NRS 432B.397 to determine whether a child is an Indian child.

      2.  Regulations, which are applicable to any person who is authorized to place a child in protective custody without the consent of the person responsible for the child’s welfare, setting forth reasonable and uniform standards for establishing whether immediate action is necessary to protect the child from injury, abuse or neglect for the purposes of determining whether to place the child into protective custody pursuant to NRS 432B.390. Such standards must consider the potential harm to the child in remaining in his or her home, including, without limitation:

      (a) Circumstances in which a threat of harm suggests that a child is in imminent danger of serious harm.

      (b) The conditions or behaviors of the child’s family which threaten the safety of the child who is unable to protect himself or herself and who is dependent on others for protection, including, without limitation, conditions or behaviors that are beyond the control of the caregiver of the child and create an imminent threat of serious harm to the child.

Κ The Division of Child and Family Services shall ensure that the appropriate persons or entities to whom the regulations adopted pursuant to this subsection apply are provided with a copy of such regulations. As used in this subsection, “serious harm” includes the threat or evidence of serious physical injury, sexual abuse, significant pain or mental suffering, extreme fear or terror, extreme impairment or disability, death, substantial impairment or risk of substantial impairment to the child’s mental or physical health or development.

      3.  Regulations establishing procedures for:

      (a) Expeditiously locating any missing child who has been placed in the custody of an agency which provides child welfare services;

      (b) Determining the primary factors that contributed to a child who has been placed in the custody of an agency which provides child welfare services running away or otherwise being absent from foster care, and to the extent possible and appropriate, responding to those factors in current and subsequent placements; and

      (c) Determining the experiences of a child who has been placed in the custody of an agency which provides child welfare services during any period the child was missing, including, without limitation, determining whether the child may be a victim of sexual abuse or sexual exploitation.

      4.  Such other regulations as are necessary for [the] :

      (a) The administration of NRS 432B.010 to 432B.606, inclusive.

      (b) The implementation of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 66. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 67. NRS 432B.397 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.397  1.  The agency which provides child welfare services for a child that is taken into custody pursuant to this chapter shall make all necessary inquiries in accordance with subsection 1 of section 30 of this act to determine whether there is reason to know that the child is an Indian child. The agency shall report that determination to the court.

      2.  An agency which provides child welfare services pursuant to this chapter shall provide training for its personnel regarding the requirements of the Indian Child Welfare Act [.] , sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2260 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      Sec. 68. NRS 432B.410 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.410  1.  Except [if the child involved is subject to the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe pursuant to the Indian Child Welfare Act,] as otherwise provided in section 26 of this act, the court has exclusive original jurisdiction in proceedings concerning any child domiciled, living or found within the county who is a child in need of protection or may be a child in need of protection.

      2.  Action taken by the court because of the abuse or neglect of a child does not preclude the prosecution and conviction of any person for violation of NRS 200.508 based on the same facts.

      Sec. 69. NRS 432B.425 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.425  If proceedings pursuant to this chapter involve the protection of an Indian child, the court shall [:

      1.  Cause the Indian child’s tribe to be notified in writing at the beginning of the proceedings in the manner provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act. If the Indian child is eligible for membership in more than one tribe, each tribe must be notified.

      2.  Transfer the proceedings to the Indian child’s tribe in accordance with the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      3.  If a tribe declines or is unable to exercise jurisdiction, exercise its jurisdiction as provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act.] require that notice of the proceedings and any other notice required by this chapter be provided in accordance with section 31 of this act.

      Sec. 70. NRS 432B.5902 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      432B.5902  1.  After a motion for the termination of parental rights is filed pursuant to NRS 432B.5901, unless a party to be served voluntarily appears and consents to the hearing, and except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, a copy of the motion and notice of the hearing must be served, either together or separately, upon all parties to the proceeding by personal service or, if the whereabouts of the person are unknown, obtaining an order from the court that service may be made by publication in accordance with the procedure set forth in subsections 1, 4 and 5 of NRS 128.070 and subsection 2.

      2.  If a court orders that service be made by publication pursuant to subsection 1 and the person to be served by publication has a last known address, personal service must also be attempted before service of the notice is deemed to be complete. The court order must direct the publication to be made in a newspaper designated by the court at least once every week for a period of 4 weeks. If personal service is also attempted, service of the notice shall be deemed to be complete at the expiration of such a period. The provisions of this subsection and subsection 1 must not be construed to preclude personal service and service by publication from being attempted simultaneously.

      3.  Service shall be deemed to be complete if a party to be served appears in court for a hearing held pursuant to this chapter and the court provides the party with a copy of the motion, notifies the party of the date of the hearing on the motion and records such service.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 5, a copy of the motion and notice of the hearing on the motion must be sent by certified mail to:

      (a) The attorneys and any guardians ad litem for the child and the parent of the child who is the subject of the motion;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2261 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

      (b) If [applicable, each Indian tribe of] the child who is [the] subject [of] to the [motion, in accordance with NRS 128.023;] motion is known to be an Indian child, the child’s Indian tribe; and

      (c) Any known relative of the child who is the subject of the motion within the fifth degree of consanguinity who is residing in this State.

      5.  If an attorney has consented to electronic service, a copy of the motion and notice of the hearing on the motion may be sent to the attorney electronically instead of by certified mail.

      6.  The court shall ensure that any prospective adoptive parent of the child who is the subject of the motion is provided with a copy of the notice of the hearing on the motion. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 432B.5904 or another provision of law, the name and address of the prospective adoptive parent must be kept confidential.

      7.  Any party to the proceeding may file a written response to the motion.

      Sec. 71.  The provisions of subsection 3 of section 25 of this act apply to tribal-state agreements entered into or renewed on or after January 1, 2024.

      Sec. 72.  Not later than September 15, 2024, and each even-numbered year thereafter, the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Court Administrator shall report to the Chairs of the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Judiciary regarding, as applicable:

      1.  The number of Indian children involved in dependency proceedings during the prior 2-year period.

      2.  The average duration Indian children were in protective custody.

      3.  The ratio of Indian children to non-Indian children in protective custody.

      4.  Which tribes the Indian children in protective custody were members of or of which they were eligible for membership.

      5.  The number of Indian children in foster care who are in each of the placement preference categories described in section 37 of this act and the number of those placements that have Indian parents in the home.

      6.  The number of Indian children placed in adoptive homes in each of the placement preference categories described in section 37 of this act and the number of those placements that have Indian parents in the home.

      7.  The number of available placements and common barriers to recruitment and retention of appropriate placements.

      8.  The number of times the court found that good cause existed to deviate from the statutory placement preferences under section 37 of this act, when making a finding regarding the placement of a child in a dependency proceeding.

      9.  The number of cases that were transferred to tribal court under section 28 of this act.

      10.  The number of times the court found good cause to decline to transfer jurisdiction of a dependency proceeding to tribal court upon request and the most common reasons the court found good cause to decline a transfer petition.

      11.  The efforts the Division and the Court Administrator have taken to ensure compliance with the provisions of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act in dependency proceedings.

      12.  The number of ICWA compliance reports in which an agency which provides child welfare services reported the petitioner’s documentation was insufficient for the court to make a finding regarding whether the petitioner complied with the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

κ2023 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2262 (CHAPTER 389, AB 444)κ

 

documentation was insufficient for the court to make a finding regarding whether the petitioner complied with the inquiry requirements under subsection 1 of section 30 of this act and notice requirements under subsection 2 of section 31 of this act. As used in this subsection:

      (a) “Agency which provides child welfare services” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 432B.030.

      (b) “ICWA compliance report” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 49 of this act.

      Sec. 73.  Not later than March 15, 2025, the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services shall submit a report to the Chairs of the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Judiciary describing the Division’s implementation of tribal customary adoption as described in section 50 of this act as an alternative permanency option for wards who are Indian children and the Division’s recommendation for proposed legislation to improve the tribal customary adoption process.

      Sec. 74.  1.  A court shall give full faith and credit to the public acts, records and judicial proceedings of an Indian tribe applicable to an Indian child in a child custody proceeding.

      2.  As used in this section, “child custody proceeding” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 4 of this act.

      Sec. 75.  1.  If any provision of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act or sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act is found to provide a lower standard of protection to the rights of an Indian child or the Indian child’s parent, Indian custodian or tribe than that provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act:

      (a) The higher standard of protection in the Indian Child Welfare Act controls; and

      (b) It shall not serve to render inoperative any remaining provisions of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act that may be held to provide a higher standard of protection than that provided in the Indian Child Welfare Act.

      2.  As used in this section, “Indian Child Welfare Act” means the federal Indian Child Welfare Act, 25 U.S.C. §§ 1901 et seq., and any related regulations.

      Sec. 76.  The Court Administrator may adopt any rules necessary to implement the provisions of sections 2 to 38, inclusive, of this act and sections 42 to 50, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 77.  The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.

      Sec. 78. NRS 62D.200, 127.013, 127.017, 128.027, 432B.451 and 432B.465 are hereby repealed.

      Sec. 79.  This act becomes effective:

      1.  Upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting regulations and performing any other preparatory administrative tasks that are necessary to carry out the provisions of this act; and

      2.  On January 1, 2024, for all other purposes.

________

 

Link to Page 2263